Use the appropriate SPDX license identifiers and drop the license text.
This patch is only cosmetic.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-15
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Various different arm32 JIT improvements in order to optimize code emission
and make the JIT code itself more robust, from Russell.
2) Support simultaneous driver and offloaded XDP in order to allow for advanced
use-cases where some work is offloaded to the NIC and some to the host. Also
add ability for bpftool to load programs and maps beyond just the cgroup case,
from Jakub.
3) Add BPF JIT support in nfp for multiplication as well as division. For the
latter in particular, it uses the reciprocal algorithm to emulate it, from Jiong.
4) Add BTF pretty print functionality to bpftool in plain and JSON output
format, from Okash.
5) Add build and installation to the BPF helper man page into bpftool, from Quentin.
6) Add a TCP BPF callback for listening sockets which is triggered right after
the socket transitions to TCP_LISTEN state, from Andrey.
7) Add a new cgroup tree command to bpftool which iterates over the whole cgroup
tree and prints all attached programs, from Roman.
8) Improve xdp_redirect_cpu sample to support parsing of double VLAN tagged
packets, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hosts using a VRRP router send their packets with a destination MAC of
the VRRP router which is of the following form [1]:
IPv4 - 00-00-5E-00-01-{VRID}
IPv6 - 00-00-5E-00-02-{VRID}
Where VRID is the ID of the virtual router. Such packets are directed to
the router block in the ASIC by an FDB entry that was added in the
previous patch.
However, in certain cases it is possible to skip this FDB lookup and
send such packets directly to the router. This is accomplished by adding
these special MAC addresses to the RIF cache. If the cache is hit, the
packet will skip the L2 lookup and ingress the router with the RIF
specified in the cache entry.
1. https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5798#section-7.3
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol packets are used to communicate the
state of the Master router associated with the virtual router ID (VRID).
These are link-local multicast packets sent with IP protocol 112 that
are trapped in the router block in the ASIC.
Add a trap for these packets and mark the trapped packets to prevent
them from potentially being re-flooded by the bridge driver.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An IP packet received on a netdev with a macvlan upper whose MAC matches
the packet's destination MAC will be re-injected to the Rx path as if it
was received by the macvlan, and perform an L3 lookup.
Reflect this functionality to the ASIC by programming FDB entries that
will direct MACs of macvlan uppers to the router.
In a similar fashion to router interfaces (RIFs) that are programmed
upon the addition of the first IP address on an interface and destroyed
upon the removal of the last IP address, the FDB entries for the macvlan
are added and destroyed based on the addition of the first and removal
of the last IP address on the macvlan.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow more unicast MAC addresses (e.g., VRRP virtual MAC) to
be directed to the router we need to enable macvlan uppers on top of
mlxsw netdevs.
Allow macvlan upper devices on top of mlxsw netdevs and sanitize
configurations that can't work. For example, a macvlan can't be enslaved
to a bridge as without ACLs the device doesn't take the destination MAC
into account when classifying a packet to a bridge instance (i.e., a
FID).
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: f9358e12a0 ("net: mvpp2: split ingress traffic into multiple flows")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We accidentally left out the error handling for kstrtoul().
Fixes: a520030e32 ("qlcnic: Implement flash sysfs callback for 83xx adapter")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split handling of offloaded and driver programs completely. Since
offloaded programs always come with XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE set in reality
there could be no sharing, anyway, programs would only be installed
in driver or in hardware. Splitting the handling allows us to install
programs in HW and in driver at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Split the query of HW-attached program from the software one.
Introduce new .ndo_bpf command to query HW-attached program.
This will allow drivers to install different programs in HW
and SW at the same time. Netlink can now also carry multiple
programs on dump (in which case mode will be set to
XDP_ATTACHED_MULTI and user has to check per-attachment point
attributes, IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID will not be present). We reuse
IFLA_XDP_PROG_ID skb space for second mode, so rtnl_xdp_size()
doesn't need to be updated.
Note that the installation side is still not there, since all
drivers currently reject installing more than one program at
the time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Basic operations drivers perform during xdp setup and query can
be moved to helpers in the core. Encapsulate program and flags
into a structure and add helpers. Note that the structure is
intended as the "main" program information source in the driver.
Most drivers will additionally place the program pointer in their
fast path or ring structures.
The helpers don't have a huge impact now, but they will
decrease the code duplication when programs can be installed
in HW and driver at the same time. Encapsulating the basic
operations in helpers will hopefully also reduce the number
of changes to drivers which adopt them.
Helpers could really be static inline, but they depend on
definition of struct netdev_bpf which means they'd have
to be placed in netdevice.h, an already 4500 line header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
prog_attached of struct netdev_bpf should have been superseded
by simply setting prog_id long time ago, but we kept it around
to allow offloading drivers to communicate attachment mode (drv
vs hw). Subsequently drivers were also allowed to report back
attachment flags (prog_flags), and since nowadays only programs
attached will XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE can get offloaded, we can tell
the attachment mode from the flags driver reports. Remove
prog_attached member.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The hardware supposedly handles frames up to 10236 bytes and
implements .ndo_change_mtu() so accept 10236 minus the ethernet
header for a VLAN tagged frame on the netdevices. Use
ETH_MIN_MTU as minimum MTU.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initialization sequence for the ethernet, setting up
interrupt routing and such things, need to be done after
both the ports are clocked and reset. Before this the
config will not "take". Move the initialization to the
port probe function and keep track of init status in
the state.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code was not tested with two ports actually in use at
the same time. (I blame this on lack of actual hardware using
that feature.) Now after locating a system using both ports,
add necessary fix to make both ports come up.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch over to using a module parameter and debug prints
that can be controlled by this or ethtool like everyone
else. Depromote all other prints to debug messages.
The phy_print_status() was already in place, albeit never
really used because the debuglevel hiding it had to be
set up using ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code to calculate the hardware register enumerator
for the maximum L3 length isn't entirely simple to read.
Use the existing defines and rewrite the function into a
table look-up.
Acked-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This parameter enables capturing region snapshot of the crspace
during critical errors. The default value of this parameter is
disabled, it can be enabled using devlink param commands.
It is possible to configure during runtime and also driver init.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Crdump allows the driver to create a snapshot of the FW PCI
crspace and health buffer during a critical FW issue.
In case of a FW command timeout, FW getting stuck or a non zero
value on the catastrophic buffer, a snapshot will be taken.
The snapshot is exposed using devlink, cr-space, fw-health
address regions are registered on init and snapshots are attached
once a new snapshot is collected by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Health buffer address is a 32 bit PCI address offset provided by
the FW. This offset is used for reading FW health debug data
located on the shared CR space. Cr space is accessible in both
driver and FW and allows for different queries and configurations.
Health buffer size is always 64B of readable data followed by a
lock which is used to block volatile CR space access.
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows setting the RSS hash generation parameters from
ethtool. When setting parameters for a given flow type from ethtool
(e.g. tcp4), all the corresponding flows in the flow table are updated,
according to the supported hash parameters.
For example, when configuring TCP over IPv4 hash parameters to be
src/dst IP + src/dst port ("ethtool -N eth0 rx-flow-hash tcp4 sdfn"),
we only set the "src/dst port" hash parameters on the non-fragmented TCP
over IPv4 flows.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the classification action that can be performed is to compute a
hash of the packet header based on some header fields, and lookup a RSS
table based on this hash to determine the final RxQ.
This is done by adding one lookup entry per flow per port, so that we
can configure the hash generation parameters for each flow and each
port.
There are 2 possible engines that can be used for RSS hash generation :
- C3HA, that generates a hash based on up to 4 header-extracted fields
- C3HB, that does the same as c3HA, but also includes L4 info in the hash
There are a lot of fields that can be extracted from the header. For now,
we only use the ones that we can configure using ethtool :
- DST MAC address
- L3 info
- Source IP
- Destination IP
- Source port
- Destination port
The C3HB engine is selected when we use L4 fields (src/dst port).
Header parser Dec table
Ingress pkt +-------------+ flow id +----------------------------+
------------->| TCAM + SRAM |-------->|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, not frag |
+-------------+ |TCP IPv4 w/o VLAN, not frag |
|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, frag |--+
|etc. | |
+----------------------------+ |
|
Flow table |
+---------+ +------------+ +--------------------------+ |
| RSS tbl |<--| Classifier |<--------| flow 0: C2 lookup | |
+---------+ +------------+ | C3 lookup port 0 | |
| | | C3 lookup port 1 | |
+-----------+ +-------------+ | ... | |
| C2 engine | | C3H engines | | flow 1: C2 lookup |<--+
+-----------+ +-------------+ | C3 lookup port 0 |
| ... |
| ... |
| flow 51 : C2 lookup |
| ... |
+--------------------------+
The C2 engine also gains the role of enabling and disabling the RSS
table lookup for this packet.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 classifier allows to perform classification operations on each
ingress packet, based on the flow the packet is assigned to.
The current code uses only 1 flow per port, and the only classification
action consists of assigning the rx queue to the packet, depending on the
port.
In preparation for adding RSS support, we have to split all incoming
traffic into different flows. Since RSS assigns a rx queue depending on
the hash of some header fields, we have to make sure that the hash is
generated in a consistent way for all packets in the same flow.
What we call a "flow" is actually a set of attributes attached to a
packet that depends on various L2/L3/L4 info.
This patch introduces 52 flows, wich are a combination of various L2, L3
and L4 attributes :
- Whether or not the packet has a VLAN tag
- Whether the packet is IPv4, IPv6 or something else
- Whether the packet is TCP, UDP or something else
- Whether or not the packet is fragmented at L3 level.
The flow is associated to a packet by the Header Parser. Each flow
corresponds to an entry in the decoding table. This entry then points to
the sequence of classification lookups to be performed by the
classifier, represented in the flow table.
For now, the only lookup we perform is a C2 lookup to set the default
rx queue.
Header parser Dec table
Ingress pkt +-------------+ flow id +----------------------------+
------------->| TCAM + SRAM |-------->|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, not frag |
+-------------+ |TCP IPv4 w/o VLAN, not frag |
|TCP IPv4 w/ VLAN, frag |--+
|etc. | |
+----------------------------+ |
|
Flow table |
+------------+ +---------------------+ |
To RxQ <---| Classifier |<-------| flow 0: C2 lookup |<--------+
+------------+ | flow 1: C2 lookup |
| | ... |
+------------+ | flow 51 : C2 lookup |
| C2 engine | +---------------------+
+------------+
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 Controller has a classifier, that can perform multiple lookup
operations for each packet, using different engines.
One of these engines is the C2 engine, which performs TCAM based lookups
on data extracted from the packet header. When a packet matches an
entry, the engine sets various attributes, used to perform
classification operations.
One of these attributes is the rx queue in which the packet should be sent.
The current code uses the lookup_id table (also called decoding table)
to assign the rx queue. However, this only works if we use one entry per
port in the decoding table, which won't be the case once we add RSS
lookups.
This patch uses the C2 engine to assign the rx queue to each packet.
The C2 engine is used through the flow table, which dictates what
classification operations are done for a given flow.
Right now, we have one flow per port, which contains every ingress
packet for this port.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mvpp22_init_rss function configures the RSS parameters for each port, so
rename it accordingly. Since this function relies on classifier
configuration, move its call right after the classifier config.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When filling the RSS table, we have to make sure that the rx queue is
attached to an online CPU.
This patch is not a full support for cpu_hotplug, but rather a way to
make sure that we don't break network on system booted with the maxcpus
parameter.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds an extra indirection when setting the indirection table
into the RSS hardware table to improve the packets distribution across
CPUs. For example, if 2 queues are used on a multi-core system this new
indirection will choose two queues on two different CPUs instead of the
two first queues which are on the same first CPU.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the RSS indirection table support, allowing to use the
ethtool -x and -X options to dump and set this table.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
[Maxime: Small warning fixes, use one table per port]
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2 Controller has 8 RSS Tables, of 32 entries each. A lookup in the
RXQ2RSS_TABLE is performed for each incoming packet, and the RSS Table
to be used is chosen according to the default rx queue that would be
used for the packet.
This default rx queue is set in the Lookup_id Table (also called
Decoding Table), and is equal to the port->first_rxq.
Since the Classifier itself isn't active at any time for the moment,
this doesn't have a direct effect, the default rx queue at the moment is
the one where all packets end-up into.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no RSS_TABLE register in PPv2 Controller. The register 0x1510
which was specified is actually named "RSS_HASH_SEL", but isn't used by
this driver at all.
Based on how this register was used, it should have been the
RXQ2RSS_TABLE register, which allows to select the RSS table that will
be used for the incoming packet.
The RSS_TABLE_POINTER is actually a field of this RXQ2RSS_TABLE
register.
Since RSS tables are actually not used by the driver for now, this
commit does not fix a runtime bug.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cosmetic patch fixing a typo in one of the RSS comments.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of receive queue per port is :
- MVPP2_DEFAULT_RXQ if in single queue mode
- MVPP2_DEFAULT_RXQ * num_possible_cpus if in multi queue mode
with MVPP2_DEFAULT_RXQ = 4.
However, we don't use the extra rx queues at the moment, we really only
need one per port per CPU, until some more advanced classification rules
are implemented.
Suggested-by: Stefan Chulski <stefanc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a dedicated #define that indicates the number of rx queues per
port per cpu, this commit removes a harcoded use of that value
This doesn't fix any runtime bugs since the harcoded value matches the
expected value.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since RSS only applies when we have per-cpu rx queues, it should only
be enabled when the driver is configured to make use of multi-queue
mode.
Signed-off-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
[Maxime: Commit message]
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The multi queue mode is needed to have RSS available, and offers some
nice advantages, being able to have one rx queue vector per CPU.
This mode has been usable through the use of a module parameter, this
commit makes it the default value.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 driver defines 2 "queue_modes" :
- QDIST_SINGLE_MODE, where each port share one rx queue vector
between all CPUs
- QDIST_MULTI_MODE, where each port has one rx queue vector per CPU.
Multi queue mode isn't available on PPv2.1, make sure we fallback to
single mode when running on this revision.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of the the RSS indirection tables should be defined in mvpp2.h,
so that we can use it in all files of the PPv2 driver.
This commit moves the define in mvpp2.h, and adds the missing #include
in mvpp2_cls.h.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include guards should be put before #includes. This doesn't fix any bug,
but prevent future compilation issues when adding new files in the mvpp2
driver
The Header Parser init function needs the platform_device definition,
and with the fixed include guards we need to add the missing include.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
getnstimeofday64 is deprecated in favor of the ktime_get() family of
functions. The direct replacement would be ktime_get_real_ts64(),
but I'm picking the basic ktime_get() instead:
- using a ktime_t simplifies the code compared to timespec64
- using monotonic time instead of real time avoids issues caused
by a concurrent settimeofday() or during a leap second adjustment.
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two do the same thing, but we want to have a consistent
naming in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should take and release the filter_sem consistently during the
reset process, in the same manner as the mac_lock and reset_lock.
For lockdep consistency we also take the filter_sem for write around
other calls to efx->type->init().
Fixes: c2bebe37c6 ("sfc: give ef10 its own rwsem in the filter table instead of filter_lock")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some situations we may end up calling down_read while already
holding the semaphore for write, thus hanging. This has been seen
when setting the MAC address for the interface. The hung task log
in this situation includes this stack:
down_read
efx_ef10_filter_insert
efx_ef10_filter_insert_addr_list
efx_ef10_filter_vlan_sync_rx_mode
efx_ef10_filter_add_vlan
efx_ef10_filter_table_probe
efx_ef10_set_mac_address
efx_set_mac_address
dev_set_mac_address
In addition, lockdep rightly points out that nested calling of
down_read is incorrect.
Fixes: c2bebe37c6 ("sfc: give ef10 its own rwsem in the filter table instead of filter_lock")
Tested-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYSTEMPORT Lite reversed the logic compared to SYSTEMPORT, the
GIB_FCS_STRIP bit is set when the Ethernet FCS is stripped, and that bit
is not set by default. Fix the logic such that we properly check whether
that bit is set or not and we don't forward an extra 4 bytes to the
network stack.
Fixes: 44a4524c54 ("net: systemport: Add support for SYSTEMPORT Lite")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipsec->tx_tbl[] has IXGBE_IPSEC_MAX_SA_COUNT elements so the > needs
to be changed to >= so we don't read one element beyond the end of the
array.
Fixes: 5925947047 ("ixgbe: process the Tx ipsec offload")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we are much more explicit about the ordering
of updates to the receive address register (RAR) table. Prior to this patch
I believe we may have been updating the table while entries were still
active, or possibly allowing for reordering of things since we weren't
explicitly flushing writes to either the lower or upper portion of the
register prior to accessing the other half.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
- Unionize two u8 fields where only one of them is used depending on NIC
chipset.
- Move recovery_supported field after that union
These changes eliminate 7-bytes hole in the struct and makes it smaller
by 8 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <cera@cera.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Re-order fields in struct be_eq_obj to ensure that .napi field begins
at start of cache-line. Also the .adapter field is moved to the first
cache-line next to .q field and 3 fields (idx,msi_idx,spurious_intr)
and the 4-bytes hole to 3rd cache-line.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <cera@cera.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The event queue description (be_eq_obj.desc) field is used only to format
string for IRQ name and it is not really needed to hold this value.
Remove it and use local variable to format string for IRQ name.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <cera@cera.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit fb6113e688 ("be2net: get rid of custom busy poll code")
replaced custom busy-poll code by the generic one but left several
macros and fields in struct be_eq_obj that are currently unused.
Remove this stuff.
Fixes: fb6113e688 ("be2net: get rid of custom busy poll code")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <cera@cera.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 2632bafd74 ("be2net: fix adaptive interrupt coalescing")
introduced a separate struct be_aic_obj to hold AIC information but
unfortunately left the old stuff in be_eq_obj. So remove it.
Fixes: 2632bafd74 ("be2net: fix adaptive interrupt coalescing")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <cera@cera.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in qed_probe message.
Signed-off-by: Ewan D. Milne <emilne@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The late ts queue can contain a bunch of skbs while hi rate testing,
no need to check all of them if timestamp is already matched.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When offloading mirror-to-gretap, mlxsw needs to preroute the path that
the encapsulated packet will take. That path may include a LAG device
above a front panel port. So far, mlxsw resolved the path to the first
up front panel slave of the LAG interface, but that only reflects
administrative state of the port. It neglects to consider whether the
port actually has a carrier, and what the LACP state is.
So instead of checking upness of the device, check carrier state and
txability.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
L2 Fwd Offload & 10GbE Intel Driver Updates 2018-07-09
This patch series is meant to allow support for the L2 forward offload, aka
MACVLAN offload without the need for using ndo_select_queue.
The existing solution currently requires that we use ndo_select_queue in
the transmit path if we want to associate specific Tx queues with a given
MACVLAN interface. In order to get away from this we need to repurpose the
tc_to_txq array and XPS pointer for the MACVLAN interface and use those as
a means of accessing the queues on the lower device. As a result we cannot
offload a device that is configured as multiqueue, however it doesn't
really make sense to configure a macvlan interfaced as being multiqueue
anyway since it doesn't really have a qdisc of its own in the first place.
The big changes in this set are:
Allow lower device to update tc_to_txq and XPS map of offloaded MACVLAN
Disable XPS for single queue devices
Replace accel_priv with sb_dev in ndo_select_queue
Add sb_dev parameter to fallback function for ndo_select_queue
Consolidated ndo_select_queue functions that appeared to be duplicates
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose stats obtained from firmware via debugfs. These stats can't
be part of ethtool -S because the slow firmware mailbox can cause
packet drops under heavy load.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running ethtool -S, some stats are requested from firmware.
Since getting these stats via firmware mailbox is slow, some packets
get dropped under heavy load while running ethtool -S.
So, remove these stats from ethtool -S.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Marvell PPv2 driver uses interrupts and tasklet but does not
explicitly include linux/interrupt.h, relying on implicit includes. This
one particularly is included by chance after a long unlogical chain of
inclusions. Fix this so we do not get future build breaks.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Size of csk_tbl is about 58K, which means 3rd order page allocation.
kvzalloc provides a fallback if no high order memory is available.
Signed-off-by: Jan Dakinevich <jan.dakinevich@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
congestion argument passed to t4_sge_alloc_rxq() is used
to differentiate between nic/ofld queues.
Signed-off-by: Arjun Vynipadath <arjun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In general, accessing userspace memory beyond the length of the supplied
buffer in VFS read/write handlers can lead to both kernel memory corruption
(via kernel_read()/kernel_write(), which can e.g. be triggered via
sys_splice()) and privilege escalation inside userspace.
In this case, the affected files are in debugfs (and should therefore only
be accessible to root) and check that *pos is zero (which prevents the
sys_splice() trick). Therefore, this is not a security fix, but rather a
small cleanup.
For the read handlers, fix it by using simple_read_from_buffer() instead of
custom logic.
For the write handler, add a check.
changed in v2:
- also fix dbg_write()
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Fix bug in the error code path when bnxt_request_irq() returns failure.
bnxt_disable_napi() should not be called in this error path because
NAPI has not been enabled yet.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling bnxt_set_max_func_irqs() to modify the max IRQ count requested or
freed by the RDMA driver is flawed. The max IRQ count is checked when
re-initializing the IRQ vectors and this can happen multiple times
during ifup or ethtool -L. If the max IRQ is reduced and the RDMA
driver is operational, we may not initailize IRQs correctly. This
problem shows up on VFs with very small number of MSIX.
There is no other logic that relies on the IRQ count excluding the ones
used by RDMA. So we fix it by just removing the call to subtract or
add the IRQs used by RDMA.
Fixes: a588e4580a ("bnxt_en: Add interface to support RDMA driver.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the driver assumes IFF_BROADCAST is always set and always sets
the broadcast filter. Modify the code to set or clear the broadcast
filter according to the IFF_BROADCAST flag.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code returns -ENOMEM and does not bother to set the output
parameters to 0 when no rings are available. Some callers, such as
bnxt_get_channels() will display garbage ring numbers when that happens.
Fix it by always setting the output parameters.
Fixes: 6e6c5a57fb ("bnxt_en: Modify bnxt_get_max_rings() to support shared or non shared rings.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there aren't enough RX rings available, the driver will attempt to
use a single RX ring without the aggregation ring. If that also
fails, the BNXT_FLAG_AGG_RINGS flag is cleared but the other ring
parameters are not set consistently to reflect that. If more RX
rings become available at the next open, the RX rings will be in
an inconsistent state and may crash when freeing the RX rings.
Fix it by restoring the BNXT_FLAG_AGG_RINGS if not enough RX rings are
available to run without aggregation rings.
Fixes: bdbd1eb59c ("bnxt_en: Handle no aggregation ring gracefully.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that OVS may set don’t care for DEI/CFI bit in
vlan_tci mask. Hence, checking for vlan_tci exact match will endup
in a vlan flow rejection.
This patch fixes the problem by checking for vlan_pcp and vid
separately, instead of checking for the entire vlan_tci.
Fixes: e85a9be93c (bnxt_en: do not allow wildcard matches for L2 flows)
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <venkatkumar.duvvuru@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These resources are needed for Spectrum-2 KVD linear management
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for Spectrum-2 FW version checking and
make mlxsw_sp_fw_rev_validate() per-ASIC as well as required FW revision
and FW filename.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For Spectrum-2, we need to insert priority to C-TCAM because HW
needs that info in order to correctly process scenarios where rules
are in both C-TCAM and A-TCAM.
So extend the mlxsw_sp_acl_ctcam_entry_add() args to accept indication
if priority needs to be filled up and implement the priority
computation and fill-up.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is going to be needed for Spectrum-2 C-TCAM implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since Spectrum-2 encodes blocks into different HW layout, push this
code into Spectrum-specific op.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the flex keys for Spectrum-2 differ not only in blocks definitions
but also in encoding layout, prepare for the implementation and pass
Spectrum/Spectrum-2 specific ops down to mlxsw_afk_create.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ops to be called on driver instance init and fini.
This is needed in order to be possible to do Spectrum-2 specific init
and fini work.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow easy and clean Spectrum-2 implementation for things that differ
from Spectrum, split the existing ACL TCAM code 3 ways:
1) common code that calls Spectrum/Spectrum-2 specific ops
2) Spectrum ops implementations
3) common C-TCAM code that is going to be shared between Spectrum and
Spectrum-2 implementations
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since Spectrum-2 has different handling of TCAM, push Spectrum MR TCAM
bits to a separate file accessible by ops which allows to implement
Spectrum-2 specific ops.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the Spectrum-2 KVD linear manager implementation, entry_count will be
needed even for the free function. So pass it down.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future Spectrum-2 KVD linear manager implementation needs to know type
of the entry to alloc and free. So define the types in an enum and
pass it down to alloc and free functions. Once the entry type
is passed down, KVDL common part knows sizes of each entry types,
so replace size function arg with entry count.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2 there is a different implementation of KVD linear
management. Unlike in Spectrum where there is a single index space,
in Spectrum-2 the indexes are per-resource. Also there is need to
explicitly tell HW that an entry is no longer used.
So push out the existing implementation into spectrum1_kvdl.c and
prepare ops infrastructure to allow new implementation in a follow-up.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This restores the use of 2-factor allocation helpers that were already
fixed treewide. Please do not use open-coded multiplication; prefer,
instead, using 2-factor allocation helpers.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For most of these calls we can just pass NULL through to the fallback
function as the sb_dev. The only cases where we cannot are the cases where
we might be dealing with either an upper device or a driver that would
have configured things to support an sb_dev itself.
The only driver that has any significant change in this patch set should be
ixgbe as we can drop the redundant functionality that existed in both the
ndo_select_queue function and the fallback function that was passed through
to us.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that instead of passing a void pointer as the
accel_priv we instead pass a net_device pointer as sb_dev. Making this
change allows us to pass the subordinate device through to the fallback
function eventually so that we can keep the actual code in the
ndo_select_queue call as focused on possible on the exception cases.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a generic version of the ndo_select_queue functions for
either returning 0 or selecting a queue based on the processor ID. This is
generally meant to just reduce the number of functions we have to change
in the future when we have to deal with ndo_select_queue changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can support the concept of subordinate
device traffic classes to the core networking code. In doing this we can
start pulling out the driver specific bits needed to support selecting a
queue based on an upper device.
The solution at is currently stands is only partially implemented. I have
the start of some XPS bits in here, but I would still need to allow for
configuration of the XPS maps on the queues reserved for the subordinate
devices. For now I am using the reference to the sb_dev XPS map as just a
way to skip the lookup of the lower device XPS map for now as that would
result in the wrong queue being picked.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that we use the tc_to_txq mapping in the macvlan
device in order to select the Tx queue for outgoing packets.
The idea here is to try and move away from using ixgbe_select_queue and to
come up with a generic way to make this work for devices going forward. By
encoding this information in the netdev this can become something that can
be used generically as a solution for similar setups going forward.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=IOF/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.18-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI fixes from Bjorn Helgaas:
- Fix a use-after-free in the endpoint code (Dan Carpenter)
- Stop defaulting CONFIG_PCIE_DW_PLAT_HOST to yes (Geert Uytterhoeven)
- Fix an nfp regression caused by a change in how we limit the number
of VFs we can enable (Jakub Kicinski)
- Fix failure path cleanup issues in the new R-Car gen3 PHY support
(Marek Vasut)
- Fix leaks of OF nodes in faraday, xilinx-nwl, xilinx (Nicholas Mc
Guire)
* tag 'pci-v4.18-fixes-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci:
nfp: stop limiting VFs to 0
PCI/IOV: Reset total_VFs limit after detaching PF driver
PCI: faraday: Add missing of_node_put()
PCI: xilinx-nwl: Add missing of_node_put()
PCI: xilinx: Add missing of_node_put()
PCI: endpoint: Use after free in pci_epf_unregister_driver()
PCI: controller: dwc: Do not let PCIE_DW_PLAT_HOST default to yes
PCI: rcar: Clean up PHY init on failure
PCI: rcar: Shut the PHY down in failpath
The helper should return always KVD linear index of the second set.
It is unused now, but going to be used soon.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Spectrum-2, the real action sets are always in KVD linear. The first
set is always empty and contains only pointer to the first real set in
KVD linear. So provide possibility to specify the first set is the dummy
one.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Spectrum-2 need a slightly different handling of flexible actions. So
put an ops pointer in mlxsw_sp struct and rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SRC_SYS_PORT is passed as 8 bit value down to hw anyway, so cap it
in the driver as well. Also, in Spectrum-2 the FW iface for SRC_SYS_PORT
is only 8 bits, so prepare for it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since in Spectrum-2, MACs are split and IP addresses are split as well,
in order to use the same elements for Spectrum and Spectrum-2 split them
now.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lowest 16 bits of tp->prio are always zero, so ignore them with a
shift.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce Flex2 key type for PTAR register which is used in Spectrum-2.
Also, extend mlxsw_reg_ptar_pack() to set the value according to the
caller.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is specific for Spectrum as Spectrum-2 has completely different key
blocks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At over 4000 #includes, <linux/platform_device.h> is the 9th most
#included header file in the Linux kernel. It does not need
<linux/mod_devicetable.h>, so drop that header and explicitly add
<linux/mod_devicetable.h> to source files that need it.
4146 #include <linux/platform_device.h>
After this patch, there are 225 files that use <linux/mod_devicetable.h>,
for a reduction of around 3900 times that <linux/mod_devicetable.h>
does not have to be read & parsed.
225 #include <linux/mod_devicetable.h>
This patch was build-tested on 20 different arch-es.
It also makes these drivers SubmitChecklist#1 compliant.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com> # drivers/media/platform/vimc/
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com> # drivers/pinctrl/pinctrl-u300.c
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Tested on AM572x with cpsw v1.15 for PTP sync and delay_req messages.
It doesn't work on cpsw v1.12, so added only for cpsw v > 1.15.
Command for testing:
ptp4l -P -4 -H -i eth0 -l 6 -m -q -p /dev/ptp0 -f ptp.cfg
where ptp.cfg:
[global]
tx_timestamp_timeout 20
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's needed to avoid checkpatch warnings for farther changes.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I link error on 32-bit ARM points to yet another arithmetic bug:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_tc.o: In function `tc_setup_cbs':
stmmac_tc.c:(.text+0x148): undefined reference to `__aeabi_uldivmod'
stmmac_tc.c:(.text+0x1fc): undefined reference to `__aeabi_uldivmod'
stmmac_tc.c:(.text+0x308): undefined reference to `__aeabi_uldivmod'
stmmac_tc.c:(.text+0x320): undefined reference to `__aeabi_uldivmod'
stmmac_tc.c:(.text+0x33c): undefined reference to `__aeabi_uldivmod'
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_tc.o:stmmac_tc.c:(.text+0x3a4): more undefined references to `__aeabi_uldivmod' follow
I observe that the last change to add the 'ul' prefix was incorrect,
as it did not turn the result of the multiplication into a 64-bit
expression on 32-bit architectures. Further, it seems that the
do_div() macro gets confused by the fact that we pass a signed
variable rather than unsigned into it.
This changes the code to instead use the div_s64() helper that is
meant for signed division, along with changing the constant suffix
to 'll' to actually make it a 64-bit argument everywhere, fixing
both of the issues I pointed out.
I'm not completely convinced that this makes the code correct, but
I'm fairly sure that we have two problems less than before.
Fixes: 1f705bc61a ("net: stmmac: Add support for CBS QDISC")
Fixes: c18a9c0966 ("net: stmmac_tc: use 64-bit arithmetic instead of 32-bit")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GEM version in ZynqMP and most versions greater than r1p07 supports
TX and RX BD prefetch. The number of BDs that can be prefetched is a
HW configurable parameter. For ZynqMP, this parameter is 4.
When GEM DMA is accessing the last BD in the ring, even before the
BD is processed and the WRAP bit is noticed, it will have prefetched
BDs outside the BD ring. These will not be processed but it is
necessary to have accessible memory after the last BD. Especially
in cases where SMMU is used, memory locations immediately after the
last BD may not have translation tables triggering HRESP errors. Hence
always allocate extra BDs to accommodate for prefetch.
The value of tx/rx bd prefetch for any given SoC version is:
2 ^ (corresponding field in design config 10 register).
(value of this field >= 1)
Added a capability flag so that older IP versions that do not have
DCFG10 or this prefetch capability are not affected.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rx ring is allocated for all queues in macb_alloc_consistent.
Free the same for all queues instead of just Q0.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING is disabled, gcc correctly points out
that the 'vid' variable is uninitialized whenever br_vlan_get_pvid
returns an error:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c: In function 'mlxsw_sp_rif_vlan_fid_get':
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_router.c:6881:6: error: 'vid' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
This changes the condition check to always return -EINVAL here,
which I guess is what the author intended here.
Fixes: e6f1960ae6 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allocate FID according to PVID")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t4_get_flash_params() fails in a fatal fashion if the FLASH part isn't
one of the recognized parts. But this leads to desperate efforts to update
drivers when various FLASH parts which we are using suddenly become
unavailable and we need to substitute new FLASH parts. This has lead to
more than one Customer Field Emergency when a Customer has an old driver
and suddenly can't use newly shipped adapters.
This commit fixes this by simply assuming that the FLASH part is 4MB in
size if it can't be identified. Note that all Chelsio adapters will have
flash parts which are at least 4MB in size.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to hardware's description, driver should not send command to
IMP while hardware doing global or core reset.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the core/global/IMP reset need clear cause, other type does not
need do it. The warning may be treated as error as it is normal. This
patch removes the warning.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hclgevf_free_vector function expects the caller to pass
the vector_id to it, and hclgevf_put_vector pass vector to
it now, which will cause vector allocation problem.
This patch fixes it by converting vector into vector_id before
calling hclgevf_free_vector.
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The napi_alloc_skb is excepted to be called under the
non-preemptible code path when it is called by hns3_clean_rx_ring
during loopback selftest, otherwise the below warning will be
logged:
[ 92.420780] BUG: using smp_processor_id() in preemptible
[00000000] code: ethtool/1873
<SNIP>
[ 92.463202] check_preemption_disabled+0xf8/0x100
[ 92.467893] debug_smp_processor_id+0x1c/0x28
[ 92.472239] __napi_alloc_skb+0x30/0x130
[ 92.476158] hns3_clean_rx_ring+0x118/0x5f0 [hns3]
[ 92.480941] hns3_self_test+0x32c/0x4d0 [hns3]
[ 92.485375] ethtool_self_test+0xdc/0x1e8
[ 92.489372] dev_ethtool+0x1020/0x1da8
[ 92.493109] dev_ioctl+0x188/0x3a0
[ 92.496499] sock_do_ioctl+0xf4/0x208
[ 92.500148] sock_ioctl+0x228/0x3e8
[ 92.503626] do_vfs_ioctl+0xc4/0x880
[ 92.507189] SyS_ioctl+0x94/0xa8
[ 92.510404] el0_svc_naked+0x30/0x34
This patch fix it by disabling preemption when calling
hns3_clean_rx_ring during loopback selftest.
Fixes: c39c4d98dc ("net: hns3: Add mac loopback selftest support in hns3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When change the mtu, the minimal frame size of mac will be set
to zero, it is incorrect. This patch fixes it by set it to the
default value.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The payload of mailbox message is 16 byte and the value of
HCLGE_MBX_MAX_ARQ_MSG_SIZE is 8. A message truncated problem will
happen when mailbox message is converted to ARQ message. This patch
replaces HCLGE_MBX_MAX_ARQ_MSG_SIZE with the size of ARQ message in
hclgevf_mbx_handler to fix this problem.
Fixes: b11a0bb231 ("net: hns3: Add mailbox support to VF driver")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware only support tcp/udp/sctp l4 checksum offload, but
the driver currently tell hardware to do l4 checksum offlad when
l3 is IPv4 or IPv6, which may cause checksumm error.
This patch fixes it by only enabling the l4 offload when l4 is
tcp/udp/sctp.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCLGE_RX_PRIV_EN_B is used to tell the firmware whether
to update the specific waterline value, if the is not set,
the firmware will ignore the value.
This patch fixes by setting the HCLGE_RX_PRIV_EN_B even if
the updated value is zero.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pfc pause mode is enable, the mac pause mode need to be
disabled, otherwise the pfc pause packet will not be sent when
congestion happens.
This patch fixes by disabling the mac pause when pfc pause is
enabled.
Fixes: 848440544b ("net: hns3: Add support of TX Scheduler & Shaper to HNS3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tc related configuration is not setup when the
netdev is first up, which cause the stack only using tc 0
problem.
This patch fixes it by setting the tc related configuration
using the info from NCL_CONFIG when netdev is first up.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pre-1.7.2 NIC firmware does not support (and does not respond to) the "get
speed" command which is sent by the 1.7.2 driver (for CN23XX-225 cards
only) during modprobe. Due to a bug in older firmware (with respect to
unknown commands), this unsupported command causes a cascade of errors that
ends in a kernel panic.
Fix it by making the sending of the "get speed" command conditional on the
firmware version.
Signed-off-by: Rick Farrington <ricardo.farrington@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic phy_ethtool_set_link_ksettings() function from phylib can
be used instead of in-house ravb_set_link_ksettings().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings() function from phylib can be
used instead of in-house ravb_get_link_ksettings().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get() call does not modify device state or device
driver state, hence there is no need to utilize a driver specific
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic phy_ethtool_nway_reset() function from phylib can be used
instead of in-house ravb_nway_reset().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to call a heavyweight phy_start_aneg() for phy
auto-negotiation by ethtool, the phy is already initialized and
link auto-negotiation is started by calling phy_start() from
ravb_phy_start() when a network device is opened.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The change fixes sleep in atomic context bug, which is encountered
every time when link settings are changed by ethtool.
Since commit 35b5f6b1a8 ("PHYLIB: Locking fixes for PHY I/O
potentially sleeping") phy_start_aneg() function utilizes a mutex
to serialize changes to phy state, however that helper function is
called in atomic context under a grabbed spinlock, because
phy_start_aneg() is called by phy_ethtool_ksettings_set() and by
replaced phy_ethtool_sset() helpers from phylib.
Now duplex mode setting is enforced in ravb_adjust_link() only, also
now RX/TX is disabled when link is put down or modifications to E-MAC
registers ECMR and GECMR are expected for both cases of checked and
ignored link status pin state from E-MAC interrupt handler.
Fixes: c156633f13 ("Renesas Ethernet AVB driver proper")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 35b5f6b1a8 ("PHYLIB: Locking fixes for PHY I/O
potentially sleeping") phy_start_aneg() function utilizes a mutex
to serialize changes to phy state, however the helper function is
called in atomic context.
The bug can be reproduced by running "ethtool -r" command, the bug
is reported if CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP build option is enabled.
Fixes: c156633f13 ("Renesas Ethernet AVB driver proper")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic phy_ethtool_set_link_ksettings() function from phylib can
be used instead of in-house sh_eth_set_link_ksettings().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings() function from phylib can be
used instead of in-house sh_eth_get_link_ksettings().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get() call does not modify device state or device
driver state, hence there is no need to utilize a driver specific
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic phy_ethtool_nway_reset() function from phylib can be used
instead of in-house sh_eth_nway_reset().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to call a heavyweight phy_start_aneg() for phy
auto-negotiation by ethtool, the phy is already initialized and
link auto-negotiation is started by calling phy_start() from
sh_eth_phy_start() when a network device is opened.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The change fixes sleep in atomic context bug, which is encountered
every time when link settings are changed by ethtool.
Since commit 35b5f6b1a8 ("PHYLIB: Locking fixes for PHY I/O
potentially sleeping") phy_start_aneg() function utilizes a mutex
to serialize changes to phy state, however that helper function is
called in atomic context under a grabbed spinlock, because
phy_start_aneg() is called by phy_ethtool_ksettings_set() and by
replaced phy_ethtool_sset() helpers from phylib.
Now duplex mode setting is enforced in sh_eth_adjust_link() only,
also now RX/TX is disabled when link is put down or modifications
to E-MAC registers ECMR and GECMR are expected for both cases of
checked and ignored link status pin state from E-MAC interrupt handler.
For reference the change is a partial rework of commit 1e1b812bbe
("sh_eth: fix handling of no LINK signal").
Fixes: dc19e4e5e0 ("sh: sh_eth: Add support ethtool")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 35b5f6b1a8 ("PHYLIB: Locking fixes for PHY I/O
potentially sleeping") phy_start_aneg() function utilizes a mutex
to serialize changes to phy state, however the helper function is
called in atomic context.
The bug can be reproduced by running "ethtool -r" command, the bug
is reported if CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP build option is enabled.
Fixes: dc19e4e5e0 ("sh: sh_eth: Add support ethtool")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vladimir_zapolskiy@mentor.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we are doing JIT, we would want to use the advanced version of the
reciprocal divide (reciprocal_value_adv) to trade performance with host.
We could reduce the required ALU instructions from 4 to 2 or 1.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP doesn't have integer divide instruction, this patch use reciprocal
algorithm (the basic one, reciprocal_div) to emulate it.
For each u32 divide, we would need 11 instructions to finish the operation.
7 (for multiplication) + 4 (various ALUs) = 11
Given NFP only supports multiplication no bigger than u32, we'd require
divisor and dividend no bigger than that as well.
Also eBPF doesn't support signed divide and has enforced this on C language
level by failing compilation. However LLVM assembler hasn't enforced this,
so it is possible for negative constant to leak in as a BPF_K operand
through assembly code, we reject such cases as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP supports u16 and u32 multiplication. Multiplication is done 8-bits per
step, therefore we need 2 steps for u16 and 4 steps for u32.
We also need one start instruction to initialize the sequence and one or
two instructions to fetch the result depending on either you need the high
halve of u32 multiplication.
For ALU64, if either operand is beyond u32's value range, we reject it. One
thing to note, if the source operand is BPF_K, then we need to check "imm"
field directly, and we'd reject it if it is negative. Because for ALU64,
"imm" (with s32 type) is expected to be sign extended to s64 which NFP mul
doesn't support. For ALU32, it is fine for "imm" be negative though,
because the result is 32-bits and here is no difference on the low halve
of result for signed/unsigned mul, so we will get correct result.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP verifier hook is coping range information of the shift amount for
indirect shift operation so optimized shift sequences could be generated.
We want to use range info to do more things. For example, to decide whether
multiplication and divide are supported on the given range.
This patch simply let NFP verifier hook to copy range info for all operands
of all ALU operands.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The two fields are a copy of umin and umax info of bpf_insn->src_reg
generated by verifier.
Rename to make their meaning clear.
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Setting up macvlan/macvtap networks over atlantic NIC results
in no traffic over these networks because ndo_set_rx_mode did
not listed UC MACs as registered in unicast filter.
Here we fix that taking into account maximum number of UC
filters supported by hardware. If more than MAX addresses were
registered, we just enable promisc and/or allmulti to pass
the traffic in.
We also remove MULTICAST_ADDRESS_MAX constant from aq_cfg since
thats not a configurable parameter at all.
Fixes: b21f502 ("net:ethernet:aquantia: Fix for multicast filter handling.")
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
schedule_timeout_* takes a timeout in jiffies but the code currently is
passing in a constant which makes this timeout HZ dependent. So define
a constant with (hopefully) meaningful name and pass it through
msecs_to_jiffies() to fix the HZ dependency.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
commit f21fb3ed36 ("Add support of Cavium Liquidio ethernet adapters")
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use 'chip_ver' rather than 'chip' to check if the card
is T5.
Fixes: e8d452923a ("cxgb4: clean up init_one")
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If format_idx == s_mcp_trace_meta.formats_num then we read one element
beyond the end of the s_mcp_trace_meta.formats[] array.
Fixes: 50bc60cb15 ("qed*: Utilize FW 8.33.11.0")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variables adv and lpa are being assigned but are never used hence they
are redundant and can be removed. Also remove the unncessary mii_reads
too.
Cleans up clang warnings:
warning: variable 'lpa' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
warning: variable 'adv' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both SFC and SFC_FALCON depend on NET_VENDOR_SOLARFLARE, hence use the
latter to decide whether to descend into the sfc subdirectory.
Move the rule to descend into sfc/falcon to the sfc subdirectory.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Acked-by: Martin Habets <mhabets@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vendor guard Kconfig symbols for Cadence and Packet Engines use a
"NET_" prefix, while all other vendor guards use a "NET_VENDOR_"
prefix. Hence make them consistent with the rest, and add the missing
trailing "S" for Packet Engines while at it.
As these options don't directly affect the kernel build, and default to
"y", this change has no impact on kernels built with existing
(def)configs.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabling NET_VENDOR_* Kconfig options does not directly affect the
kernel build. Hence NET_VENDOR_AURORA should default to yes, like other
NET_VENDOR_* options.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variables consumer, cmd_desc, end_cnt and no_of_desc are being assigned
but are never used hence they are redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warnings:
warning: variable 'consumer' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
warning: variable 'cmd_desc' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
warning: variable 'end_cnt' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
warning: variable 'no_of_desc' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create initial devlink parameters table for bnxt_en.
Table consists of a permanent generic parameter.
enable_sriov - Enables Single-Root Input/Output Virtualization(SR-IOV)
characteristic of the device.
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add mlx4_devlink_reload() to support devlink reload operation.
Add mlx4_devlink_param_load_driverinit_values() to load values which
were set using driverinit configuration mode.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create initial parameters table for mlx4.
The table consists of two generic parameters and two driver-specific
parameters.
Generic:
internal_err_reset - Enable reset device on internal errors. This
parameter can be configured on mlx4 either on runtime or during driver
initialization.
max_macs - Max number of MACs per ETH port. For mlx4 this parameter
value range is between 1 and 128. This parameter can be configured on
mlx4 only during driver initialization.
Driver specific:
enable_64b_cqe_eqe - Enable 64 byte CQEs/EQEs when the FW supports it.
This parameter can be configured on mlx4 only during driver
initialization.
enable_4k_uar - Enable using 4K UAR. This parameter can be configured on
mlx4 only during driver initialization.
Register the parameters table on mlx4_init_one() and unregister on
mlx4_remove_one().
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer skb is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'skb' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer ndev is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'ndev' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/hw_atl/hw_atl_utils.c:525:5: warning:
symbol 'hw_atl_utils_mpi_set_speed' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/hw_atl/hw_atl_utils.c:536:5: warning:
symbol 'hw_atl_utils_mpi_set_state' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuration information read at driver load can become stale after it is
updated. Mark information as not valid and re-populate when this happens.
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When runtime-suspending we configure WoL w/o touching saved_wolopts.
If saved_wolopts == 0 we would power down the PHY in this case what's
wrong. Therefore we have to check the actual chip WoL settings here.
Fixes: 433f9d0ddc ("r8169: improve saved_wolopts handling")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In highly constrained resources environments (like the 124VF
T5 and 248VF T6 configurations), PF4 may not have very many
resources at all and we need to adapt to whatever we've been
allocated, this patch adds support to get the provisioned
resources.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For dependencies, branch based on 'mellanox/mlx5-next' of
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux.git
Pull Dump and fill MKEY from Leon Romanovsky:
====================
MLX5 IB HCA offers the memory key, dump_fill_mkey to increase performance,
when used in a send or receive operations.
It is used to force local HCA operations to skip the PCI bus access, while
keeping track of the processed length in the ibv_sge handling.
In this three patch series, we expose various bits in our HW spec
file (mlx5_ifc.h), move unneeded for mlx5_core FW command and export such
memory key to user space thought our mlx5-abi header file.
====================
Botched auto-merge in mlx5_ib_alloc_ucontext() resolved by hand.
* branch 'mlx5-dump-fill-mkey':
IB/mlx5: Expose dump and fill memory key
net/mlx5: Add hardware definitions for dump_fill_mkey
net/mlx5: Limit scope of dump_fill_mkey function
net/mlx5: Rate limit errors in command interface
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
mlx5_core_dump_fill_mkey() is going to be used in next
patch in IB and doesn't need to be visible to whole
mlx5_core. Move that command to mlx5_ib.
Signed-off-by: Yonatan Cohen <yonatanc@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Variable 'irq' is being assigned but is never used hence it is
and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'irq' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable old_vlan is being assigned but is never used hence it is
and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'old_vlan' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer 'name' is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'name' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer 'info' is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'info' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer pfhwdev is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'pfhwdev' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable 'protocol' is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'protocol' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable last_rule_idx is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'last_rule_idx' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable 'inc' is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'inc' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer req and variable func are being assigned but are never used
hence they are redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warnings:
warning: variable 'req' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
warning: variable 'func' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable 'freed' is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'freed' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer rxd is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'rxb' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variable old_duplex is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'old_duplex' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer rxdesc is being assigned but is never used hence it is
redundant and can be removed.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: variable 'rxdesc' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement HW offload support for SO_TXTIME through igb's Launchtime
feature. This is done by extending igb_setup_tc() so it supports
TC_SETUP_QDISC_ETF and configuring i210 so time based transmit
arbitration is enabled.
The FQTSS transmission mode added before is extended so strict
priority (SP) queues wait for stream reservation (SR) ones.
igb_config_tx_modes() is extended so it can support enabling/disabling
Launchtime following the previous approach used for the credit-based
shaper (CBS).
As the previous flow, FQTSS transmission mode is enabled automatically
by the driver once Launchtime (or CBS, as before) is enabled.
Similarly, it's automatically disabled when the feature is disabled
for the last queue that had it setup on.
The driver just consumes the transmit times from the skbuffs directly,
so no special handling is done in case an 'invalid' time is provided.
We assume this has been handled by the ETF qdisc already.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, skb_tx_timestamp() is being called before the Tx
descriptors are prepared in igb_xmit_frame_ring(), which happens
during either the igb_tso() or igb_tx_csum() calls.
Given that now the skb->tstamp might be used to carry the timestamp
for SO_TXTIME, we must only call skb_tx_timestamp() after the
information has been copied into the Tx descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Split code into a separate function (igb_offload_apply()) that will be
used by ETF offload implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the data transmission arbitration algorithm - DataTranARB
field on TQAVCTRL reg - is always set to CBS when the Tx mode is
changed from legacy to 'Qav' mode.
Make that configuration a bit more granular in preparation for the
upcoming Launchtime enabling patches, since CBS and Launchtime can be
enabled separately. That is achieved by moving the DataTranARB setup
to igb_config_tx_modes() instead.
Similarly, when disabling CBS we must check if it has been disabled
for all queues, and clear the DataTranARB accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make this function retrieve what it needs from the Tx ring being
addressed since it already relies on what had been saved on it before.
Also, since this function will be used by the upcoming Launchtime
patches rename it to better reflect its intention. Note that
Launchtime is not part of what 802.1Qav specifies, but the i210
datasheet refers to this set of functionality as "Qav Transmission
Mode".
Here we also perform a tiny refactor at is_any_cbs_enabled(), and add
further documentation to igb_setup_tx_mode().
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NetworkManager likes to manage linklocal prefix routes and does so with
the NLM_F_APPEND flag, breaking attempts to simplify the IPv6 route
code and by extension enable multipath routes with device only nexthops.
Revert f34436a430 and these followup patches:
6eba08c362 ("ipv6: Only emit append events for appended routes").
ce45bded64 ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Align with new route replace logic")
53b562df8c ("mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allow appending to dev-only routes")
Update the fib_tests cases to reflect the old behavior.
Fixes: f34436a430 ("net/ipv6: Simplify route replace and appending into multipath route")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Improves packet rate of 1-byte UDP receives by up to 10%.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-07-03
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Various improvements to bpftool and libbpf, that is, bpftool build
speed improvements, missing BPF program types added for detection
by section name, ability to load programs from '.text' section is
made to work again, and better bash completion handling, from Jakub.
2) Improvements to nfp JIT's map read handling which allows for optimizing
memcpy from map to packet, from Jiong.
3) New BPF sample is added which demonstrates XDP in combination with
bpf_perf_event_output() helper to sample packets on all CPUs, from Toke.
4) Add a new BPF kselftest case for tracking connect(2) BPF hooks
infrastructure in combination with TFO, from Andrey.
5) Extend the XDP/BPF xdp_rxq_info sample code with a cmdline option to
read payload from packet data in order to use it for benchmarking.
Also for '--action XDP_TX' option implement swapping of MAC addresses
to avoid drops on some hardware seen during testing, from Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Network core refuses to change mac address because flag
IFF_LIVE_ADDR_CHANGE isn't set. Set this missing flag.
Fixes: 1f7aa2bc26 ("r8169: simplify rtl_set_mac_address")
Reported-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds ethtool -r|--negotiate operation support. It triggers special
control bit on FW interface causing FW to restart link negotiation.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Mikaev <amikaev@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Runtime change of pause frame configuration (rx/tx flow control)
via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now pass link drop status to FW on init/deinit. This is required
to inform FW that driver took/released a control on link.
FW then will manage its own state and device power profile based
on this information. To improve management we remove mpi_set
function which ambiguously took both state and speed parameters.
Deinit callback is now a part of FW ops, as it actually manages the FW.
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implemented ring size setup, min/max validation and reconfiguration in
runtime.
Signed-off-by: Anton Mikaev <amikaev@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add suffix UL to constant 1024 in order to give the compiler complete
information about the proper arithmetic to use. Notice that this
constant is used in a context that expects an expression of type
u64 (64 bits, unsigned) and following expressions are currently
being evaluated using 32-bit arithmetic:
qopt->idleslope * 1024 * ptr
qopt->hicredit * 1024 * 8
qopt->locredit * 1024 * 8
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1470246 ("Unintentional integer overflow")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1470248 ("Unintentional integer overflow")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1470249 ("Unintentional integer overflow")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple overlapping changes in stmmac driver.
Adjust skb_gro_flush_final_remcsum function signature to make GRO list
changes in net-next, as per Stephen Rothwell's example merge
resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For consistency, prefix hnae_ should be modified to hnae3_.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reference to Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt,
Streaming DMA mappings which are usually mapped for one DMA transfer,
Network card DMA ring descriptors should use Consistent DMA mappings.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Give default option for HNS3_HCLGE and HNS3_ENET will be helpful,
while dependency HNS3 is set. Meanwhile, use "if HNS3" section
instead of all the "depends on HNS3".
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some members in struct hns3_enet_tqp_vector, struct hnae3_client
and struct hnae3_ae_algo are unused.
This patch removes them.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set complete in the first hclge_cmd_csq_done of hclge_cmd_send,
and check if complete later, unnecessary to do hclge_cmd_csq_done
again.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
csq is used as a ring buffer, the value of the desc will be replaced
in next use. This patch removes the unnecessary memset, and just
updates the next_to_clean.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some redundant assignments.
desc->flag = cpu_to_le16(HCLGE_CMD_FLAG_NO_INTR | HCLGE_CMD_FLAG_IN)
has set bit HCLGE_CMD_FLAG_WR to zero, so does others.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some useless type cast, print in hclge_cmd_send.
This patch removes them.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hclge_ring_to_dma_dir is unused anywhere.
This patch removes it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This hack (affecting the non-PCIe models only) was introduced in 2004
to deal with link negotiation failures in 1GBit mode. Based on a
comment in the r8169 vendor driver I assume the issue affects RTL8169sb
in combination with particular 1GBit switch models.
Resetting the PHY every 10s and hoping that one fine day we will make
it to establish the link seems to be very hacky to me. I'd say:
If 1GBit doesn't work reliably in a users environment then the user
should remove 1GBit from the advertised modes, e.g. by using
ethtool -s <if> advertise <10/100 modes>
If the issue affects one chip version only and that with most link
partners, then we could also think of removing 1GBit from the
advertised modes for this chip version in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ptp clock is not available for a PF (e.g., higher PFs in NPAR mode),
get-tsinfo() callback should return the software timestamp capabilities
instead of returning the error.
Fixes: 4c55215c ("qede: Add driver support for PTP")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the correct size value while copying chassis/port id values.
Fixes: 6ad8c632e ("qed: Add support for query/config dcbx.")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, driver sets the eswitch mode incorrectly as VEB (virtual
Ethernet bridging).
Need to set VEB eswitch mode only when sriov is enabled, and it should be
to set NONE by default. The patch incorporates this change.
Fixes: 0fefbfbaa ("qed*: Management firmware - notifications and defaults")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Memory size is limited in the kdump kernel environment. Allocation of more
msix-vectors (or queues) consumes few tens of MBs of memory, which might
lead to the kdump kernel failure.
This patch adds changes to limit the number of MSI-X vectors in kdump
kernel to minimum required value (i.e., 2 per engine).
Fixes: fe56b9e6a ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-07-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) A bpf_fib_lookup() helper fix to change the API before freeze to
return an encoding of the FIB lookup result and return the nexthop
device index in the params struct (instead of device index as return
code that we had before), from David.
2) Various BPF JIT fixes to address syzkaller fallout, that is, do not
reject progs when set_memory_*() fails since it could still be RO.
Also arm32 JIT was not using bpf_jit_binary_lock_ro() API which was
an issue, and a memory leak in s390 JIT found during review, from
Daniel.
3) Multiple fixes for sockmap/hash to address most of the syzkaller
triggered bugs. Usage with IPv6 was crashing, a GPF in bpf_tcp_close(),
a missing sock_map_release() routine to hook up to callbacks, and a
fix for an omitted bucket lock in sock_close(), from John.
4) Two bpftool fixes to remove duplicated error message on program load,
and another one to close the libbpf object after program load. One
additional fix for nfp driver's BPF offload to avoid stopping offload
completely if replace of program failed, from Jakub.
5) Couple of BPF selftest fixes that bail out in some of the test
scripts if the user does not have the right privileges, from Jeffrin.
6) Fixes in test_bpf for s390 when CONFIG_BPF_JIT_ALWAYS_ON is set
where we need to set the flag that some of the test cases are expected
to fail, from Kleber.
7) Fix to detangle BPF_LIRC_MODE2 dependency from CONFIG_CGROUP_BPF
since it has no relation to it and lirc2 users often have configs
without cgroups enabled and thus would not be able to use it, from Sean.
8) Fix a selftest failure in sockmap by removing a useless setrlimit()
call that would set a too low limit where at the same time we are
already including bpf_rlimit.h that does the job, from Yonghong.
9) Fix BPF selftest config with missing missing NET_SCHED, from Anders.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the NFP fw only supports L3/L4 hashing so rejects the offload of
filters that output to LAG ports implementing other hash algorithms. Team,
however, uses a BPF function for the hash that is not defined. To support
Team offload, accept hashes that are defined as 'unknown' (only Team
defines such hash types). In this case, use the NFP default of L3/L4
hashing for egress port selection.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the tos and the tunnel flags from the tunnel key and offload these
action fields. Only the checksum and tunnel key flags are implemented in
fw so reject offloads of other flags. The tunnel key flag is always
considered set in the fw so enforce that it is set in the rule. Note that
the compulsory setting of the tunnel key flag and optional setting of
checksum is inline with how tc currently generates ipv4 udp tunnel
actions.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously the ttl for ipv4 udp tunnels was set to the namespace default.
Modify this to attempt to extract the ttl from a full route lookup on the
tunnel destination. If this is not possible then resort to the default.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware will automatically update csum in headers when a set action has
been performed. This means we could in the driver ignore the explicit
checksum action when performing a set action.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We used to leave bus-info in ethtool driver info empty for
representors in case multi-PCIe-to-single-host cards make
the association between PCIe device and NFP many to one.
It seems these attempts are futile, we need to link the
representors to one PCIe device in sysfs to get consistent
naming, plus devlink uses one PCIe as a handle, anyway.
The multi-PCIe-to-single-system support won't be clean,
if it ever comes.
Turns out some user space (RHEL tests) likes to read bus-info
so just populate it.
While at it remove unnecessary app NULL-check, representors
are spawned by an app, so it must exist.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use napi_consume_skb() in nfp_net_tx_complete() to get bulk free.
Pass 0 as budget for ctrl queue completion since it runs out of
a tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP NAPI handling will only complete the TXed packets when called
with budget of 0, implement ndo_poll_controller by scheduling NAPI
on all TX queues.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some platforms with broken ACPI tables we may not have access
to the Serial Number PCIe capability. This capability is crucial
for us for switchdev operation as we use serial number as switch ID,
and for communication with management FW where interface ID is used.
If we can't determine the Serial Number we have to fail device probe.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After user changes the ring count statistics for deactivated
rings disappear from ethtool -S output. This causes loss of
information to the user and means that ethtool stats may not
add up to interface stats. Always expose counters from all
the rings. Note that we allocate at most num_possible_cpus()
rings so number of rings should be reasonable.
The alternative of only listing stats for rings which were
ever in use could be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __alx_open function can be called from ndo_open, which is called
under RTNL, or from alx_resume, which isn't. Since commit d768319cd4,
we're calling the netif_set_real_num_{tx,rx}_queues functions, which
need to be called under RTNL.
This is similar to commit 0c2cc02e57 ("igb: Move the calls to set the
Tx and Rx queues into igb_open").
Fixes: d768319cd4 ("alx: enable multiple tx queues")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: fc7a6c287f ("sfc: use a semaphore to lock farch filters too")
Suggested-by: Joseph Korty <joe.korty@concurrent-rt.com>
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The very first version of RTL8169 from 2002 (and only this one) has
support for a TBI 1000BaseX fiber interface. The TBI support in the
driver makes switching to phylib tricky, so best would be to get
rid of it. I found no report from anybody using a device with RTL8169
and fiber interface, also the vendor driver doesn't support this mode
(any longer).
So remove TBI support and bail out with a message if a card with
activated TBI is detected. If there really should be any user of it
out there, we could add a stripped-down version of the driver
supporting chip version 01 and TBI only (and maybe move it to
staging).
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I see no need to define a private debug output symbol, let's use the
standard debug output functions instead. In this context also remove
the deprecated PFX define.
The one assertion is wrong IMO anyway, this code path is used also
by chip version 01.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes below checkpatch checks-
CHECK: spaces preferred around that '*' (ctx:VxV)
CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes below checkpatch warnings-
WARNING: Block comments use a trailing */ on a separate line
WARNING: Block comments use * on subsequent lines
WARNING: networking block comments don't use an empty /* line,
use /* Comment
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes below kernel-doc warnings:
Function parameter or member 'maxlen' not described in 'xemaclite_recv_data'
Function parameter or member 'address'not described in 'xemaclite_set_mac_address'
Excess function parameter 'addr' description in 'xemaclite_set_mac_address'
No description found for return value of 'xemaclite_interrupt'
No description found for return value of 'xemaclite_mdio_write'
Function parameter or member 'dev' not described in 'xemaclite_mdio_setup'
Excess function parameter 'ofdev' description in 'xemaclite_mdio_setup'
No description found for return value of 'xemaclite_open'
No description found for return value of 'xemaclite_close'
Excess function parameter 'match' description in 'xemaclite_of_probe'
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove else as it is not required with if doing a return.
It also coalesce the format onto a single line and add the
missing space after the comma. Fixes below checkpatch warning-
WARNING: else is not generally useful after a break or return
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch hardcoded function name with a reference to __func__ making
the code more maintainable. Address below checkpatch warning:
WARNING: Prefer using '"%s...", __func__' to using 'xemaclite_mdio_read',
this function's name, in a string
+ "xemaclite_mdio_read(phy_id=%i, reg=%x) == %x\n",
WARNING: Prefer using '"%s...", __func__' to using 'xemaclite_mdio_write',
this function's name, in a string
+ "xemaclite_mdio_write(phy_id=%i, reg=%x, val=%x)\n",
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When checking the skb->protocol field, we have to make sure we use the
proper endianness using htons, and not swab16.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vlan IDs must not be swapped when creating Header Parser entries. This
has no effect on little-endian systems, but is wrong for big-endian.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2's Header Parser use some large TCAM and SRAM entries, that are
duplicated in software so that we can write them to hardware only when
we are done modifying them.
Currently, PPv2 uses a union containing arrays of u32 and u8 to represent
these entries, to facilitate byte per byte access. This representation is
broken when we want to support big endian, and this makes the code
confusing to read.
This patch drops the union, and simply stores the TCAM and SRAM entries
as u32 arrays, each entry corresponding to a 32-bit register.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PPv2 controller always expect descriptors to be in little endian. We
must therefore force descriptors to use that format, and convert to the
host endianness when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DPAA HW requires that at least 256 bytes from the start of the
first scatter-gather table entry are allocated and accessible. The
hardware reads the maximum size the table can have in one access,
thus requiring that the allocation and mapping to be done for the
maximum size of 256B even if there is a smaller number of entries
in the table.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FMan hardware parser needs to be configured to remove the
short frame padding from the checksum calculation, otherwise
short UDP and TCP frames are likely to be marked as having a
bad checksum.
Signed-off-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver performs the internal reload when it receives tx-timeout event from
the OS. Internal reload might fail in some scenarios e.g., fatal HW issues.
In such cases OS still see the link, which would result in undesirable
functionalities such as re-generation of tx-timeouts.
The patch addresses this issue by indicating the link-down to OS when
tx-timeout is detected, and keeping the link in down state till the
internal reload is successful.
Please consider applying it to 'net' branch.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Static checkers complain that id_tbl->table points to longs and 4 bytes
is smaller than sizeof(long). But the since other side is dividing by
32 instead of sizeof(long), that means the current code works fine.
Anyway, it's more conventional to use the BITS_TO_LONGS() macro when
we're allocating a bitmap.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for CBS reconfiguration using the TC application.
A new callback was added to TC ops struct and another one to DMA ops to
reconfigure the channel mode.
Tested in GMAC5.10.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vitor Soares <soares@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before 8d85a7a4f2 ("PCI/IOV: Allow PF drivers to limit total_VFs to 0"),
pci_sriov_set_totalvfs(pdev, 0) meant "we can enable TotalVFs virtual
functions". After 8d85a7a4f2, it means "we can't enable *any* VFs".
That broke this scenario where nfp intends to remove any limit on the
number of VFs that can be enabled:
nfp_pci_probe
nfp_pcie_sriov_read_nfd_limit
nfp_rtsym_read_le("nfd_vf_cfg_max_vfs", &err)
pci_sriov_set_totalvfs(pf->pdev, 0) # if FW didn't expose a limit
...
# userspace writes N to sysfs "sriov_numvfs":
sriov_numvfs_store
pci_sriov_get_totalvfs # now returns 0
return -ERANGE
Prior to 8d85a7a4f2, pci_sriov_get_totalvfs() returned TotalVFs, but it
now returns 0.
Remove the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs(pdev, 0) calls so we don't limit the
number of VFs that can be enabled.
Fixes: 8d85a7a4f2 ("PCI/IOV: Allow PF drivers to limit total_VFs to 0")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
[bhelgaas: changelog]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
mlx5e netdevice driver updates:
- Boris Pismenny added the support for UDP GSO in the first two patches.
Impressive performance numbers are included in the commit message,
@Line rate with ~half of the cpu utilization compared to non offload
or no GSO at all.
- From Tariq Toukan:
- Convert large order kzalloc allocations to kvzalloc.
- Added performance diagnostic statistics to several places in data path.
From Saeed and Eran,
- Update NIC HW stats on demand only, this is to eliminate the background
thread needed to update some HW statistics in the driver cache in
order to report error and drop counters from HW in ndo_get_stats.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbNVbbAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+1SMH/R/jBMgqWKzuDL+QUTCm6BNH
Gcu7OPd3CUGT3wUujJ4sgVmYzyp70GZx0f843ct3Bmwcfwh8Yu/eOju7ldoQq2ns
6oz8sL6yvg/zmMfkc7DYFHrJSGu3Qh7fje+8zKVdoGlHkIFwR07bRkQolTKL6hem
qZHbn5o2RhFYLxjlGa7E7w41hXMx27gmHk4V/YdUGzHrExGB0fGbUXkkveCYiGYk
sB/JDSi02xjmEV2Nw8dX5jdZoBivaG2kPcBRD6Gpgmb+hntjIyTqwGdoJ7jDy1vj
A5wWHboj+Q/LtUNvpbb48fc/hhciddSxeB+c/1DMHjd4TchnBmPXyXwz5/7eTj8=
=xft1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-06-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-06-28
mlx5e netdevice driver updates:
- Boris Pismenny added the support for UDP GSO in the first two patches.
Impressive performance numbers are included in the commit message,
@Line rate with ~half of the cpu utilization compared to non offload
or no GSO at all.
- From Tariq Toukan:
- Convert large order kzalloc allocations to kvzalloc.
- Added performance diagnostic statistics to several places in data path.
From Saeed and Eran,
- Update NIC HW stats on demand only, this is to eliminate the background
thread needed to update some HW statistics in the driver cache in
order to report error and drop counters from HW in ndo_get_stats.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is used to change TX workrequests, which helps in
host->vf communication.
Signed-off-by: Arjun Vynipadath <arjun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The present TX workrequest(FW_ETH_TX_PKT_WR) cant be used for
host->vf communication, since it doesn't loopback the outgoing
packets to virtual interfaces on the same port. This can be done
using FW_ETH_TX_PKT_VM_WR.
This fix depends on ethtool_flags to determine what WR to use for
TX path. Support for setting this flags by user is added in next
commit.
Based on the original work by : Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Arjun Vynipadath <arjun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add constants and callback functions for the dwmac on px30 Soc.
The base structure is the same, but registers and the bits in
them are moved slightly, and add the clk_mac_speed for selecting
mac speed.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MACRO lower_32_bits and upper_32_bits can help to get bits 0-31
and bits 32-63 of a number, so just use it.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hclge_hw is embedded in hclge_dev, so use container_of instead of
back to get hclge_dev.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interface h->ae_algo->ops->put_vector is called in both
hns3_nic_dealloc_vector_data and hns3_nic_uninit_vector_data in
hns3_client_uninit, this will cause vector freed twice.
This patch remove the Redundant put_vector to make vector freed
only once.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Print the ret value in error information can help find the reason.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extraction an interface for state init|uninit to make the code
easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
linux/slab.h is not used in hnae3.h, this patch removes it.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first bd of a packet is invalid and invalid ring head for tx
IRQ is not offen, they may occur when there is error,
Add unlikely for error check branch is better for performance.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HW supports UDP, TCP and SCTP packets checksum for both ipv4 and
ipv6, but do not support other type packets checksum for ipv4 or
ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the hdev->vector_status[vector_id] is already HCLGE_INVALID_VPORT,
should log the error and return.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interface init_client_instance and uninit_client_instance
do not register anything, only initialize the client instance.
This patch rename the related interface to make the function
name to indicate the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In hclge_unmap_ring_frm_vector, there are 2 steps:
step 1: get vector index.
step 2 unbind ring with vector.
But it gets vector id again in step 2 interface. This patch
removes hclge_get_vector_index from hclge_bind_ring_with_vector,
and make the step the same with hns3 PF driver.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disable periodic stats update background thread and update stats in
background on demand when ndo_get_stats is called.
Having a background thread running in the driver all the time is bad for
power consumption and normally a user space daemon will query the stats
once every specific interval, so ideally the background thread and its
interval can be done in user space..
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
A per-ring counter for NOP operations already exists.
Here I add a counter that sums them up.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add ethtool counter to indicate the number of strides consumed
by filler CQEs.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add per-channel and global ethtool counters for channel events.
Each event indicates an interrupt on one of the channel's
completion queues.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add per-ring and global ethtool counters for congested UMR requests.
These events indicate congestion in UMR handlers in HW.
Such event is concluded when there's an outstanding UMR post,
yet the SW consumed at least two additional MPWQEs in the meanwhile.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add per-channel and global ethtool counters for NAPI.
This helps us monitor and analyze performance in general.
- ch[i]_poll:
the number of times the channel's NAPI poll was invoked.
- ch[i]_arm:
the number of times the channel's NAPI poll completed
and armed the completion queues.
- ch[i]_aff_change:
the number of times the channel's NAPI poll explicitly
stopped execution on a cpu due to a change in affinity.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add per-ring and global ethtool counters for XDP_TX completions.
This helps us monitor and analyze XDP_TX flow performance.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add per-ring and global ethtool counters for TX completions.
This helps us monitor and analyze TX flow performance.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Local variable 'wq' already points to &sq->wq, use it.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Replace calls to kzalloc_node with kvzalloc_node, as it fallsback
to lower-order pages if the higher-order trials fail.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This patch adds a counter for tx UDP GSO packets that contain a segment
that is not aligned to MSS - remaining segment.
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This patch enables UDP GSO support. We enable this by using two WQEs
the first is a UDP LSO WQE for all segments with equal length, and the
second is for the last segment in case it has different length.
Due to HW limitation, before sending, we must adjust the packet length fields.
We measure performance between two Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2643 v2 @3.50GHz
machines connected back-to-back with Connectx4-Lx (40Gbps) NICs.
We compare single stream UDP, UDP GSO and UDP GSO with offload.
Performance:
| MSS (bytes) | Throughput (Gbps) | CPU utilization (%)
UDP GSO offload | 1472 | 35.6 | 8%
UDP GSO | 1472 | 25.5 | 17%
UDP | 1472 | 10.2 | 17%
UDP GSO offload | 1024 | 35.6 | 8%
UDP GSO | 1024 | 19.2 | 17%
UDP | 1024 | 5.7 | 17%
UDP GSO offload | 512 | 33.8 | 16%
UDP GSO | 512 | 10.4 | 17%
UDP | 512 | 3.5 | 17%
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yossi Kuperman <yossiku@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is clearly a bug.
We need to set the DMA buffer size in the HW otherwise corruption can
occur when receiving packets.
This is probably not occuring because of small MTU values and because HW
has a default value internally (which currently is bigger than default
buffer size).
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vitor Soares <soares@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes for mlx5 core and netdev driver:
Two fixes from Alex Vesker to address command interface issues
- Race in command interface polling mode
- Incorrect raw command length parsing
From Shay Agroskin, Fix wrong size allocation for QoS ETC TC regitster.
From Or Gerlitz and Eli Cohin, Address backward compatability issues for when
Eswitch capability is not advertised for the PF host driver
- Fix required capability for manipulating MPFS
- E-Switch, Disallow vlan/spoofcheck setup if not being esw manager
- Avoid dealing with vport IB/eth representors if not being e-switch manager
- E-Switch, Avoid setup attempt if not being e-switch manager
- Don't attempt to dereference the ppriv struct if not being eswitch manager
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbMtMEAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+NjAIAMGrerpwg8ADBj+b9tSWm4WV
2yAJ561kBObwhA+uDJtH7mGUO3+AnkcWz9vynGqFdmkOikUcbpPkBb9D+rmFbkX2
E585pwR3pH7lEzYEG4xO6SwuQcQ4OytFNxz94AT6CgNEXqrmbrD7A5Vsgk265yZq
pJzL1OVfkXKOtb2x5PpCOh19/28OxAzyMQfoklsE2Wn7j8/2RWX0UUDxuF8jS+He
9loaurT4Fsfo5JYE+o+k38knHFBkdTUZBD9/bZrtaMcrD68bZdJTpZm6eYwRXW3S
7J88SmH/xTy74f1KY4qf0JOTxnaWtm/r4YaCXf1QD05W2/U9FQpIW1ipMKH51vk=
=te2H
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2018-06-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-fixes-2018-06-26
Fixes for mlx5 core and netdev driver:
Two fixes from Alex Vesker to address command interface issues
- Race in command interface polling mode
- Incorrect raw command length parsing
From Shay Agroskin, Fix wrong size allocation for QoS ETC TC regitster.
From Or Gerlitz and Eli Cohin, Address backward compatability issues for when
Eswitch capability is not advertised for the PF host driver
- Fix required capability for manipulating MPFS
- E-Switch, Disallow vlan/spoofcheck setup if not being esw manager
- Avoid dealing with vport IB/eth representors if not being e-switch manager
- E-Switch, Avoid setup attempt if not being e-switch manager
- Don't attempt to dereference the ppriv struct if not being eswitch manager
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The *enum* {A|M}PR_BIT were declared in the commit 86a74ff21a ("net:
sh_eth: add support for Renesas SuperH Ethernet") adding SH771x support,
however the SH771x manual doesn't have the APR/MPR registers described
and the code writing to them for SH7710 was later removed by the commit
380af9e390 ("net: sh_eth: CPU dependency code collect to "struct
sh_eth_cpu_data""). All the newer SoC manuals have these registers
documented as having a 16-bit TIME parameter of the PAUSE frame, not
1-bit -- update the *enum* accordingly, fixing up the APR/MPR writes...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was combining the XDP_TX tail flush and XDP_REDIRECT
map flushing (xdp_do_flush_map). This is suboptimal, these two
flush operations should be kept separate.
It looks like the mistake was copy-pasted from ixgbe.
Fixes: d9314c474d ("i40e: add support for XDP_REDIRECT")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was combining the XDP_TX tail flush and XDP_REDIRECT
map flushing (xdp_do_flush_map). This is suboptimal, these two
flush operations should be kept separate.
Fixes: 11393cc9b9 ("xdp: Add batching support to redirect map")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hardware VLAN filtering offloading on ocelot.
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add link aggregation hardware offload support for Ocelot.
ocelot_get_link_ksettings() is not great but it does work until the driver
is reworked to switch to phylink.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add flag tc_flower_initialized to indicate the
completion if tc flower initialization.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macb driver currently crashes on at91rm9200 with the following trace:
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000014
[...]
[<c031da44>] (macb_rx_desc) from [<c031f2bc>] (at91ether_open+0x2e8/0x3f8)
[<c031f2bc>] (at91ether_open) from [<c041e8d8>] (__dev_open+0x120/0x13c)
[<c041e8d8>] (__dev_open) from [<c041ec08>] (__dev_change_flags+0x17c/0x1a8)
[<c041ec08>] (__dev_change_flags) from [<c041ec4c>] (dev_change_flags+0x18/0x4c)
[<c041ec4c>] (dev_change_flags) from [<c07a5f4c>] (ip_auto_config+0x220/0x10b0)
[<c07a5f4c>] (ip_auto_config) from [<c000a4fc>] (do_one_initcall+0x78/0x18c)
[<c000a4fc>] (do_one_initcall) from [<c0783e50>] (kernel_init_freeable+0x184/0x1c4)
[<c0783e50>] (kernel_init_freeable) from [<c0574d70>] (kernel_init+0x8/0xe8)
[<c0574d70>] (kernel_init) from [<c00090e0>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x34)
Solve that by initializing bp->queues[0].bp in at91ether_init (as is done
in macb_init).
Fixes: ae1f2a56d2 ("net: macb: Added support for many RX queues")
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following warning is seen when rmmod hinic. This is because affinity
value is not reset before calling free_irq(). This patch fixes it.
[ 55.181232] WARNING: CPU: 38 PID: 19589 at kernel/irq/manage.c:1608
__free_irq+0x2aa/0x2c0
Fixes: 352f58b0d9 ("net-next/hinic: Set Rxq irq to specific cpu for NUMA")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Map read has been supported on NFP, this patch enables optimization
for memcpy from map to packet.
This patch also fixed one latent bug which will cause copying from
unexpected address once memcpy for map pointer enabled. The fixed
code path was not exercised before.
Reported-by: Mary Pham <mary.pham@netronome.com>
Reported-by: David Beckett <david.beckett@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
sizeof() will return unsigned value so in the error check
negative error code will be always larger than sizeof().
Fixes: a0d8e02c35 ("nfp: add support for reading nffw info")
Signed-off-by: Chengguang Xu <cgxu519@gmx.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any error status returned by FW will trigger a print similar to the
following error message in the dmesg.
[ 55.884355] mlx5_core 0000:00:04.0: mlx5_cmd_check:712:(pid 555):
ALLOC_UAR(0x802) op_mod(0x0) failed, status limits exceeded(0x8),
syndrome (0x0)
Those prints are extremely valuable to diagnose issues with running system
and it is important to keep them. However, not-so-careful user can trigger
endless number of such prints by depleting HW resources and will spam
dmesg.
Rate limiting of such messages solves this issue.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
TC shared blocks allow multiple qdiscs to be grouped together and filters
shared between them. Currently the chains of filters attached to a block
are only flushed when the block is removed. If a qdisc is removed from a
block but the block still exists, flow del messages are not passed to the
callback registered for that qdisc. For the NFP, this presents the
possibility of rules still existing in hw when they should be removed.
Prevent binding to shared blocks until the kernel can send per qdisc del
messages when block unbinds occur.
tcf_block_shared() was not used outside of the core until now, so also
add an empty implementation for builds with CONFIG_NET_CLS=n.
Fixes: 4861738775 ("net: sched: introduce shared filter blocks infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously it was not possible to distinguish between mpls ether types and
other ether types. This leads to incorrect classification of offloaded
filters that match on mpls ether type. For example the following two
filters overlap:
# tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol 0x8847 flower \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
# tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
protocol 0x0800 flower \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth2
The driver now correctly includes the mac_mpls layer where HW stores mpls
fields, when it detects an mpls ether type. It also sets the MPLS_Q bit to
indicate that the filter should match mpls packets.
Fixes: bb055c198d ("nfp: add mpls match offloading support")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The command interface can work in two modes: Events and Polling.
In the general case, each time we invoke a command, a work is
queued to handle it.
When working in events, the interrupt handler completes the
command execution. On the other hand, when working in polling
mode, the work itself completes it.
Due to a bug in the work handler, a command could have been
completed by the interrupt handler, while the work handler
hasn't finished yet, causing the it to complete once again
if the command interface mode was changed from Events to
polling after the interrupt handler was called.
mlx5_unload_one()
mlx5_stop_eqs()
// Destroy the EQ before cmd EQ
...cmd_work_handler()
write_doorbell()
--> EVENT_TYPE_CMD
mlx5_cmd_comp_handler() // First free
free_ent(cmd, ent->idx)
complete(&ent->done)
<-- mlx5_stop_eqs //cmd was complete
// move to polling before destroying the last cmd EQ
mlx5_cmd_use_polling()
cmd->mode = POLL;
--> cmd_work_handler (continues)
if (cmd->mode == POLL)
mlx5_cmd_comp_handler() // Double free
The solution is to store the cmd->mode before writing the doorbell.
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The NULL character was not set correctly for the string containing
the command length, this caused failures reading the output of the
command due to a random length. The fix is to initialize the output
length string.
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Manipulating of the MPFS requires eswitch manager capabilities.
Fixes: eeb66cdb68 ('net/mlx5: Separate between E-Switch and MPFS')
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In smartnic env, if the host (PF) driver is not an e-switch manager, we
are not allowed to apply eswitch ports setups such as vlan (VST),
spoof-checks, min/max rate or state.
Make sure we are eswitch manager when coming to issue these callbacks
and err otherwise.
Also fix the definition of ESW_ALLOWED to rely on eswitch_manager
capability and on the vport_group_manger.
Operations on the VF nic vport context, such as setting a mac or reading
the vport counters are allowed to the PF in this scheme.
The modify nic vport guid code was modified to omit checking the
nic_vport_node_guid_modify eswitch capability.
The reason for doing so is that modifying node guid requires vport group
manager capability, and there's no need to check further capabilities.
1. set_vf_vlan - disallowed
2. set_vf_spoofchk - disallowed
3. set_vf_mac - allowed
4. get_vf_config - allowed
5. set_vf_trust - disallowed
6. set_vf_rate - disallowed
7. get_vf_stat - allowed
8. set_vf_link_state - disallowed
Fixes: f942380c12 ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Vport ingress/egress ACLs rules for spoofchk')
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
In smartnic env, the host (PF) driver might not be an e-switch
manager, hence the switchdev mode representors are running on
the embedded cpu (EC) and not at the host.
As such, we should avoid dealing with vport representors if
not being esw manager.
While here, make sure to disallow eswitch switchdev related
setups through devlink if we are not esw managers.
Fixes: cb67b83292 ('net/mlx5e: Introduce SRIOV VF representors')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In smartnic env, the host (PF) driver might not be an e-switch
manager, hence the FW will err on driver attempts to deal with
setting/unsetting the eswitch and as a result the overall setup
of sriov will fail.
Fix that by avoiding the operation if e-switch management is not
allowed for this driver instance. While here, move to use the
correct name for the esw manager capability name.
Fixes: 81848731ff ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Add SR-IOV (FDB) support')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Guy Kushnir <guyk@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <eli@melloanox.com>
Tested-by: Eli Cohen <eli@melloanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The check for cpu hit statistics was not returning immediate false for
any non vport rep netdev and hence we crashed (say on mlx5 probed VFs) if
user-space tool was calling into any possible netdev in the system.
Fix that by doing a proper check before dereferencing.
Fixes: 1d447a3914 ('net/mlx5e: Extendable vport representor netdev private data')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Eli Cohen <eli@melloanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Cohen <eli@melloanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Call the reoffload tcf_proto_op on all tcf_proto nodes in all chains of a
block when a callback tries to register to a block that already has
offloaded rules. If all existing rules cannot be offloaded then the
registration is rejected. This replaces the previous policy of rejecting
such callback registration outright.
On unregistration of a callback, the rules are flushed for that given cb.
The implementation of block sharing in the NFP driver, for example,
duplicates shared rules to all devs bound to a block. This meant that
rules could still exist in hw even after a device is unbound from a block
(assuming the block still remains active).
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If RPADIR exists, the value written to it is always the same for all SoCs
(and derived from NET_IP_ALIGN), so there has not been any need to store
it in the *struct* sh_eth_cpu_data...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The *enum* RPADIR_BIT was declared in the commit 86a74ff21a ("net:
sh_eth: add support for Renesas SuperH Ethernet") adding SH771x support,
however the SH771x manual doesn't have the RPADIR register described and,
moreover, tells why the padding insertion must not be used. The newer SoC
manuals do have RPADIR documented, though with somewhat different layout --
update the *enum* according to these manuals...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far unsupported WoL options are silently ignored. Change this and
reject attempts to set unsupported options. This prevents situations
where a user tries to set an unsupported WoL option and is under the
impression it was successful because ethtool doesn't complain.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added the get_ts_info interface for ethtool to check
the timestamping capability.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add hardware timestamping support
for dpaa_eth. On Rx, timestamping is enabled for
all frames. On Tx, we only instruct the hardware
to timestamp the frames marked accordingly by the
stack.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defined frame description command FM_FD_CMD_UPD for
prepended data updating.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add fman_port_get_tstamp() interface
to get timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add set_tstamp interface for memac,
dtsec, and 10GEC controllers to configure HW timestamping.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to share fman event interrupt because
the 1588 timer driver will also use this interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When traffic passes through a router port, it needs to be assigned a FID
for ASIC to forward correctly. For bridges, this FID used to be the one
corresponding to VLAN 1. In a previous patch, this was changed to
instead use the PVID at the time that the RIF is created. This patch
guards PVID changes after the RIF was introduced.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow querying of the VID for which a RIF was created, add
a new function that returns a FID for a given RIF.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to guard against removal of a PVID for which a FID was
allocated, spectrum_switchdev needs to first determine whether there is
a RIF associated with a given bridge. To that end, publish a preexisting
function mlxsw_sp_rif_find_by_dev().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For bridge netdevices, instead of assuming that the router traffic is on
VLAN 1, look at the bridge PVID.
This patch assumes that the PVID doesn't change after the router
interface is created (i.e. after the IP address is assigned).
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the follow-up patch, mlxsw_sp_rif_vlan_fid_get() will be changed in a
way that could fail. Give that function a possibility to explain the
failure through extack.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stopping offload completely if replace of program failed dates
back to days of transparent offload. Back then we wanted to
silently fall back to the in-driver processing. Today we mark
programs for offload when they are loaded into the kernel, so
the transparent offload is no longer a reality.
Flags check in the driver will only allow replace of a driver
program with another driver program or an offload program with
another offload program.
When driver program is replaced stopping offload is a no-op,
because driver program isn't offloaded. When replacing
offloaded program if the offload fails the entire operation
will fail all the way back to user space and we should continue
using the old program. IOW when replacing a driver program
stopping offload is unnecessary and when replacing offloaded
program - it's a bug, old program should continue to run.
In practice this bug would mean that if offload operation was to
fail (either due to FW communication error, kernel OOM or new
program being offloaded but for a different netdev) driver
would continue reporting that previous XDP program is offloaded
but in fact no program will be loaded in hardware. The failure
is fairly unlikely (found by inspection, when working on the code)
but it's unpleasant.
Backport note: even though the bug was introduced in commit
cafa92ac25 ("nfp: bpf: add support for XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE"),
this fix depends on commit 441a33031f ("net: xdp: don't allow
device-bound programs in driver mode"), so this fix is sufficient
only in v4.15 or newer. Kernels v4.13.x and v4.14.x do need to
stop offload if it was transparent/opportunistic, i.e. if
XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE was not set on running program.
Fixes: cafa92ac25 ("nfp: bpf: add support for XDP_FLAGS_HW_MODE")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
We can power down the PHY irregardless of WOL settings if interface
is down. So far we would have left the PHY enabled if WOL options
are set and the interface is brought down.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let's make saved_wolopts a shadow copy of the WoL options. This allows
to simplify the code and get rid of calls to now unneeded function
__rtl8169_get_wol(). However don't remove __rtl8169_get_wol()
completely to be prepared for the case that we can respect BIOS WOL
settings again.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let's move calling rtl8169_init_phy() to __rtl8169_resume().
It simplifies the code and avoids rtl8169_init_phy() being called
when resuming whilst interface is down. rtl_open() will initialize
the PHY when the interface is brought up.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-EOPNOTSUPP is the error value that should be reported if a flower
command is not supported by a driver. Fix it in couple of Intel drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the default case is not handled, which with future command
introductions would introduce a warning. So handle it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the default case is not handled, which with future command
introductions would introduce a warning. So handle it and make the
switch a bit simplier removing unneeded "rc" variable.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function efx_rps_hash_bucket is local to the source and
does not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
symbol 'efx_rps_hash_bucket' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we are disabling DCB, store "0" in txq->dcb_prio
since that's used for future TX Work Request "OVLAN_IDX"
values. Setting non zero priority upon disabling DCB
would halt the traffic.
Reported-by: AMG Zollner Robert <robert@cloudmedia.eu>
CC: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let's enable ASPM also on the RTL8168E-VL (chip version 34).
Works fine on my Zotac Mini PC with this chip. Temperature when
being idle is significantly lower than before due to reaching
deeper PC states.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The r8168 vendor driver always uses value 0x27. In r8169 we have few
chips where 0x17 is used. So far this didn't matter because ASPM was
disabled anyway. Now that ASPM was re-enabled let's also use 0x27 only.
One of the chips affected by this change is RTL8168E-VL, on my system
with this chip value 0x27 works fine.
In addition rename rtl_csi_access_enable_2() to
rtl_set_def_aspm_entry_latency() to make clear that we set the default
ASPM entry latency.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor pch_gbe_set_multi in order to avoid unnecessary indentation &
make it clearer what the code is doing.
The one behavioral change from this patch is that we'll no longer
configure the MAC address registers for multicast addresses when the
IFF_PROMISC or IFF_ALLMULTI flags are set. In these cases, just as when
we want to monitor more multicast addresses than we have MAC address
registers, we disable multicast filtering so the MAC address registers
are unused.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pch_gbe driver sets up multicast address filters using a convoluted
mechanism by which pch_gbe_set_multi allocates an array to hold
multicast addresses, copies desired addresses into that array, calls a
pch_gbe_mac_mc_addr_list_update function which copies addresses out of
that array into MAC registers, then frees the array.
This patch simplifies this somewhat by inlining
pch_gbe_mac_mc_addr_list_update into pch_gbe_set_multi, and removing the
requirement for the MAC addresses to stored consecutively in a single
array.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the module_pci_driver() macro to remove some needless
boilerplate code from the pch_gbe driver. This does have the side effect
of removing the print of the driver's version during probe, but this is
pretty useless information anyway - the version has changed only once
whilst the driver has been in mainline, despite many changes being made
to it before and since.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pch_gbe driver includes some code which appears to be an attempt to
work around a problem with the pch_gbe_free_rx_resources &
pch_gbe_free_tx_resources functions that no longer exists. Remove the
code guarded by the never-defined RINGFREE preprocessor macro.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pch_gbe driver currently presumes that the PHY is connected using
RGMII, and would need further work to support other buses. It includes a
define which is always set that conditionalises some of the
RGMII-specific code regardless. Remove it. If we do ever support
different MII buses then preprocessor defines won't be the best way to
select between them anyway.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pch_gbe driver calls a pch_gbe_hal_setup_init_funcs function which
ultimately sets the value of one field in struct pch_gbe_phy_info in a
convoluted way.
This patch removes pch_gbe_hal_setup_init_funcs in favor of inlining it,
and in turn its callee pch_gbe_plat_init_function_pointers, into the
single caller pch_gbe_sw_init.
With this pch_gbe_api.c & pch_gbe_api.h are essentially empty, so they
are removed & inclusions of the latter replaced with pch_gbe_phy.h which
was previously being included via pch_gbe_api.h.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the pch_gbe driver contains a struct pch_gbe_functions
with pointers used by a HAL abstraction layer, even though there is only
one implementation of each function.
This patch removes the get_bus_info abstraction. Its single
implementation (pch_gbe_plat_get_bus_info) only sets values within a
struct pch_gbe_bus_info which is never used, so we simply remove the
call to it in pch_gbe_probe & remove struct pch_gbe_bus_info entirely.
Now that struct pch_gbe_functions is empty we remove it entirely too.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the pch_gbe driver contains a struct pch_gbe_functions
with pointers used by a HAL abstraction layer, even though there is only
one implementation of each function.
This patch removes the init_hw abstraction in favor of inlining its
single implementation (pch_gbe_plat_init_hw) into its single caller
(pch_gbe_reset).
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the pch_gbe driver contains a struct pch_gbe_functions
with pointers used by a HAL abstraction layer, even though there is only
one implementation of each function.
This patch removes the read_phy_reg & write_phy_reg abstractions in
favor of calling pch_gbe_phy_read_reg_miic & pch_gbe_phy_write_reg_miic
directly.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the pch_gbe driver contains a struct pch_gbe_functions
with pointers used by a HAL abstraction layer, even though there is only
one implementation of each function.
This patch removes the reset_phy abstraction in favor of calling
pch_gbe_phy_hw_reset directly.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the pch_gbe driver contains a struct pch_gbe_functions
with pointers used by a HAL abstraction layer, even though there is only
one implementation of each function.
This patch removes the sw_reset_phy abstraction, which it turns out is
never even used. Its one implementation, which is already called
directly within the same translation unit, can therefore be made static
and removed from the pch_gbe_phy.h header.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the pch_gbe driver contains a struct pch_gbe_functions
with pointers used by a HAL abstraction layer, even though there is only
one implementation of each function.
This patch removes the read_mac_addr abstraction in favor of calling
pch_gbe_mac_read_mac_addr directly. Since this is defined in the same
translation unit as all of its callers, we can make it static & remove
it from the pch_gbe.h header.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the pch_gbe driver contains a struct pch_gbe_functions
with pointers used by a HAL abstraction layer, even though there is only
one implementation of each function.
This patch removes the power_up_phy & power_down_phy abstractions in
favor of calling pch_phy_power_up & pch_phy_power_down directly.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pch_gbe driver includes a 'copybreak' parameter which appears to
have been copied from the e1000e driver but is entirely unused. Remove
the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
random_ether_addr is a #define for eth_random_addr which is
generally preferred in kernel code by ~3:1
Convert the uses of random_ether_addr to enable removing the #define
Miscellanea:
o Convert &vfmac[0] to equivalent vfmac and avoid unnecessary line wrap
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove dependencies on HAS_DMA where a Kconfig symbol depends on another
symbol that implies HAS_DMA, and, optionally, on "|| COMPILE_TEST".
In most cases this other symbol is an architecture or platform specific
symbol, or PCI.
Generic symbols and drivers without platform dependencies keep their
dependencies on HAS_DMA, to prevent compiling subsystems or drivers that
cannot work anyway.
This simplifies the dependencies, and allows to improve compile-testing.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Robin Murphy <robin.murphy@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a sparse warning about using an incorrect type in
argument 2 of ocelot_write_rix(), as an u32 was expected but a __be32
was given. The conversion to u32 is forced, which is safe as the value
will be written as-is in the hardware without any modification.
Fixes: 08d02364b1 ("net: mscc: fix the injection header")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using s/w buffer management, buffers are allocated and DMA mapped.
When doing so on an arm64 platform, an offset correction is applied on
the DMA address, before storing it in an Rx descriptor. The issue is
this DMA address is then used later in the Rx path without removing the
offset correction. Thus the DMA address is wrong, which can led to
various issues.
This patch fixes this by removing the offset correction from the DMA
address retrieved from the Rx descriptor before using it in the Rx path.
Fixes: 8d5047cf9c ("net: mvneta: Convert to be 64 bits compatible")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Intel platforms (Skylake and newer), ASPM support in r8169 is the
last missing puzzle to let CPU's Package C-State reaches PC8. Without
ASPM support, the CPU cannot reach beyond PC3. PC8 can save additional
~3W in comparison with PC3 on a Coffee Lake platform, Dell G3 3779.
This is based on the work from Chunhao Lin <hau@realtek.com>.
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable or disable ASPM should be done in PCI core instead of in the
device driver.
Commit ba04c7c93b ("r8169: disable ASPM") uses
pci_disable_link_state() to disable ASPM, but it's not the best way to
do it. If the device really wants to disable ASPM, we can use a quirk in
PCI core to prevent the PCI core from setting ASPM before probe.
Let's remove pci_disable_link_state() for now. Use PCI core quirks if
any regression happens.
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the use of rhashtables in net namespaces,
rhashtable.h is included in lots of the kernel,
so a small changes can required a large recompilation.
This makes development painful.
This patch splits out rhashtable-types.h which just includes
the major type declarations, and does not include (non-trivial)
inline code. rhashtable.h is no longer included by anything
in the include/ directory.
Common include files only include rhashtable-types.h so a large
recompilation is only triggered when that changes.
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function cpdma_desc_pool_create is local to the source and does not
need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
warning: symbol 'cpdma_desc_pool_create' was not declared. Should it
be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the pxa architecture switched towards the dmaengine slave map, the
old compatibility mechanism to acquire the dma requestor line number and
priority are not needed anymore.
This patch simplifies the dma resource acquisition, using the more
generic function dma_request_slave_channel().
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the pxa architecture switched towards the dmaengine slave map, the
old compatibility mechanism to acquire the dma requestor line number and
priority are not needed anymore.
This patch simplifies the dma resource acquisition, using the more
generic function dma_request_slave_channel().
Signed-off-by: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When delta passed to gem_ptp_adjtime is negative, the sign is
maintained in the ns_to_timespec64 conversion. Hence timespec_add
should be used directly. timespec_sub will just subtract the negative
value thus increasing the time difference.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When injecting frames in the Ocelot switch driver an injection header
(IFH) should be used to configure various parameters related to a given
frame, such as the port onto which the frame should be departed or its
vlan id. Other parameters in the switch configuration can led to an
injected frame being sent without an IFH but this led to various issues
as the per-frame parameters are then not used. This is especially true
when using multiple ports for injection.
The IFH was injected with the wrong endianness which led to the switch
not taking it into account as the IFH_INJ_BYPASS bit was then unset.
(The bit tells the switch to use the IFH over its internal
configuration). This patch fixes it.
In addition to the endianness fix, the IFH is also fixed. As it was
(unwillingly) unused, some of its fields were not configured the right
way.
Fixes: a556c76adc ("net: mscc: Add initial Ocelot switch support")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device tree based systems without of_dev_auxdata will have the mdio
device named differently than "davinci_mdio(.0)". In this case use the
device's parent's compatible string for matching
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the correct thing to rtl8169_interrupt() from netpoll.
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: ebcd5daa7f ("r8169: change interrupt handler argument type")
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjälä <ville.syrjala@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix crash on bpf_prog_load() errors, from Daniel Borkmann.
2) Fix ATM VCC memory accounting, from David Woodhouse.
3) fib6_info objects need RCU freeing, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Fix SO_BINDTODEVICE handling for TCP sockets, from David Ahern.
5) Fix clobbered error code in enic_open() failure path, from
Govindarajulu Varadarajan.
6) Propagate dev_get_valid_name() error returns properly, from Li
RongQing.
7) Fix suspend/resume in davinci_emac driver, from Bartosz Golaszewski.
8) Various act_ife fixes (recursive locking, IDR leaks, etc.) from
Davide Caratti.
9) Fix buggy checksum handling in sungem driver, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (40 commits)
ip: limit use of gso_size to udp
stmmac: fix DMA channel hang in half-duplex mode
net: stmmac: socfpga: add additional ocp reset line for Stratix10
net: sungem: fix rx checksum support
bpfilter: ignore binary files
bpfilter: fix build error
net/usb/drivers: Remove useless hrtimer_active check
net/sched: act_ife: preserve the action control in case of error
net/sched: act_ife: fix recursive lock and idr leak
net: ethernet: fix suspend/resume in davinci_emac
net: propagate dev_get_valid_name return code
enic: do not overwrite error code
net/tcp: Fix socket lookups with SO_BINDTODEVICE
ptp: replace getnstimeofday64() with ktime_get_real_ts64()
net/ipv6: respect rcu grace period before freeing fib6_info
net: net_failover: fix typo in net_failover_slave_register()
ipvlan: use ETH_MAX_MTU as max mtu
net: hamradio: use eth_broadcast_addr
enic: initialize enic->rfs_h.lock in enic_probe
MAINTAINERS: Add Sam as the maintainer for NCSI
...
HW does not support Half-duplex mode in multi-queue
scenario. Fix it by not advertising the Half-Duplex
mode if multi-queue enabled.
Signed-off-by: Bhadram Varka <vbhadram@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Stratix10 platform has an additional reset line, OCP(Open Core Protocol),
that also needs to get deasserted for the stmmac ethernet controller to work.
Thus we need to update the Kconfig to include ARCH_STRATIX10 in order to build
dwmac-socfpga.
Also, remove the redundant check for the reset controller pointer. The
reset driver already checks for the pointer and returns 0 if the pointer
is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 88078d98d1 ("net: pskb_trim_rcsum() and CHECKSUM_COMPLETE
are friends"), sungem owners reported the infamous "eth0: hw csum failure"
message.
CHECKSUM_COMPLETE has in fact never worked for this driver, but this
was masked by the fact that upper stacks had to strip the FCS, and
therefore skb->ip_summed was set back to CHECKSUM_NONE before
my recent change.
Driver configures a number of bytes to skip when the chip computes
the checksum, and for some reason only half of the Ethernet header
was skipped.
Then a second problem is that we should strip the FCS by default,
unless the driver is updated to eventually support NETIF_F_RXFCS in
the future.
Finally, a driver should check if NETIF_F_RXCSUM feature is enabled
or not, so that the admin can turn off rx checksum if wanted.
Many thanks to Andreas Schwab and Mathieu Malaterre for their
help in debugging this issue.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Meelis Roos <mroos@linux.ee>
Reported-by: Mathieu Malaterre <malat@debian.org>
Reported-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
Tested-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts commit 3243ff2a05 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac:
Deduplicate bus_find_device() by name matching") and adds a comment
which should stop anyone from reintroducing the same "fix" in the future.
We can't use bus_find_device_by_name() here because the device name is
not guaranteed to be 'davinci_mdio'. On some systems it can be
'davinci_mdio.0' so we need to use strncmp() against the first part of
the string to correctly match it.
Fixes: 3243ff2a05 ("net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Deduplicate bus_find_device() by name matching")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Golaszewski <bgolaszewski@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Lukas Wunner <lukas@wunner.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In failure path, we overwrite err to what vnic_rq_disable() returns. In
case it returns 0, enic_open() returns success in case of error.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Fixes: e8588e2685 ("enic: enable rq before updating rq descriptors")
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <gvaradar@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lockdep spotted that we are using rfs_h.lock in enic_get_rxnfc() without
initializing. rfs_h.lock is initialized in enic_open(). But ethtool_ops
can be called when interface is down.
Move enic_rfs_flw_tbl_init to enic_probe.
INFO: trying to register non-static key.
the code is fine but needs lockdep annotation.
turning off the locking correctness validator.
CPU: 18 PID: 1189 Comm: ethtool Not tainted 4.17.0-rc7-devel+ #27
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.11.0-20171110_100015-anatol 04/01/2014
Call Trace:
dump_stack+0x85/0xc0
register_lock_class+0x550/0x560
? __handle_mm_fault+0xa8b/0x1100
__lock_acquire+0x81/0x670
lock_acquire+0xb9/0x1e0
? enic_get_rxnfc+0x139/0x2b0 [enic]
_raw_spin_lock_bh+0x38/0x80
? enic_get_rxnfc+0x139/0x2b0 [enic]
enic_get_rxnfc+0x139/0x2b0 [enic]
ethtool_get_rxnfc+0x8d/0x1c0
dev_ethtool+0x16c8/0x2400
? __mutex_lock+0x64d/0xa00
? dev_load+0x6a/0x150
dev_ioctl+0x253/0x4b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x9a/0x130
sock_ioctl+0x1af/0x350
do_vfs_ioctl+0x8e/0x670
? syscall_trace_enter+0x1e2/0x380
ksys_ioctl+0x60/0x90
__x64_sys_ioctl+0x16/0x20
do_syscall_64+0x5a/0x170
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <gvaradar@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In normal operation we see this series of messages as the host drives
the network device:
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: LSC AEN - channel 0 state down
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: suspending channel 0
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: configuring channel 0
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: channel 0 link down after config
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI interface down
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: LSC AEN - channel 0 state up
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: configuring channel 0
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI interface up
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: LSC AEN - channel 0 state down
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: suspending channel 0
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: configuring channel 0
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: channel 0 link down after config
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI interface down
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: LSC AEN - channel 0 state up
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI: configuring channel 0
ftgmac100 1e660000.ethernet eth0: NCSI interface up
This makes all of these messages netdev_dbg. They are still useful to
debug eg. misbehaving network device firmware, but we do not need them
filling up the kernel logs in normal operation.
Acked-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using skb_reserve(skb, I40E_SKB_PAD + (xdp->data - xdp->data_hard_start))
is clearly wrong since I40E_SKB_PAD already points to the offset where
the original xdp->data was sitting since xdp->data_hard_start is defined
as xdp->data - i40e_rx_offset(rx_ring) where latter offsets to I40E_SKB_PAD
when build skb is used.
However, also before cc5b114dcf ("bpf, i40e: add meta data support")
this seems broken since bpf_xdp_adjust_head() helper could have been used
to alter headroom and enlarge / shrink the frame and with that the assumption
that the xdp->data remains unchanged does not hold and would push a bogus
packet to upper stack.
ixgbe got this right in 9247080816 ("ixgbe: add XDP support for pass and
drop actions"). In any case, fix it by removing the I40E_SKB_PAD from both
skb_reserve() and truesize calculation.
Fixes: cc5b114dcf ("bpf, i40e: add meta data support")
Fixes: 0c8493d90b ("i40e: add XDP support for pass and drop actions")
Reported-by: Keith Busch <keith.busch@linux.intel.com>
Reported-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Keith Busch <keith.busch@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not advertise DCBX_LLD_MANAGED capability i.e., do not allow
external agent to manage the dcbx/lldp negotiation. MFW acts as lldp agent
for qed* devices, and no other lldp agent is allowed to coexist with mfw.
Also updated a debug print, to not to display the redundant info.
Fixes: a1d8d8a51 ("qed: Add dcbnl support.")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid calling a SIMD fastpath handler if it is NULL. The check is needed
to handle an unlikely scenario where unsolicited interrupt is destined to
a PF in INTa mode.
Fixes: fe56b9e6a ("qed: Add module with basic common support")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Memory for packet buffers need to be freed in the error paths as there is
no consumer (e.g., upper layer) for such packets and that memory will never
get freed.
The issue was uncovered when port was attacked with flood of isatap
packets, these are multicast packets hence were directed at all the PFs.
For foce PF, this meant they were routed to the ll2 module which in turn
drops such packets.
Fixes: 0a7fb11c ("qed: Add Light L2 support")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in DEVX for modify and query commands, the required lock is
taken (i.e. READ/WRITE) by the KABI infrastructure accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch updates the mlx5_ifc structures and
command interface to support DEVX.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
When DEVX is used application builds by itself the command mail box,
this patch prevents warns upon firmware commands as of invalid user
space usage.
In addition,
A failure in destroy_mkey command was changed to be printed only under
debug mode.
This prevents a redundant warn when a memory window was used
with rereg_mr and finally was some kernel cleanup as of reset
flow/process termination.
In that case this command might temporarily fails as part of the cleanup
but finally it expects to succeed.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
- can.rst: fix a footnote reference;
- crypto_engine.rst: Fix two parsing warnings;
- Fix a lot of broken references to Documentation/*;
- Improves the scripts/documentation-file-ref-check script,
in order to help detecting/fixing broken references,
preventing false-positives.
After this patch series, only 33 broken references to doc files are
detected by scripts/documentation-file-ref-check.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=/ozx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs-broken-links' of git://linuxtv.org/mchehab/experimental
Pull documentation fixes from Mauro Carvalho Chehab:
"This solves a series of broken links for files under Documentation,
and improves a script meant to detect such broken links (see
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check).
The changes on this series are:
- can.rst: fix a footnote reference;
- crypto_engine.rst: Fix two parsing warnings;
- Fix a lot of broken references to Documentation/*;
- improve the scripts/documentation-file-ref-check script, in order
to help detecting/fixing broken references, preventing
false-positives.
After this patch series, only 33 broken references to doc files are
detected by scripts/documentation-file-ref-check"
* tag 'docs-broken-links' of git://linuxtv.org/mchehab/experimental: (26 commits)
fix a series of Documentation/ broken file name references
Documentation: rstFlatTable.py: fix a broken reference
ABI: sysfs-devices-system-cpu: remove a broken reference
devicetree: fix a series of wrong file references
devicetree: fix name of pinctrl-bindings.txt
devicetree: fix some bindings file names
MAINTAINERS: fix location of DT npcm files
MAINTAINERS: fix location of some display DT bindings
kernel-parameters.txt: fix pointers to sound parameters
bindings: nvmem/zii: Fix location of nvmem.txt
docs: Fix more broken references
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check: check tools/*/Documentation
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check: get rid of false-positives
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check: hint: dash or underline
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check: add a fix logic for DT
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check: accept more wildcards at filenames
scripts/documentation-file-ref-check: fix help message
media: max2175: fix location of driver's companion documentation
media: v4l: fix broken video4linux docs locations
media: dvb: point to the location of the old README.dvb-usb file
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various netfilter fixlets from Pablo and the netfilter team.
2) Fix regression in IPVS caused by lack of PMTU exceptions on local
routes in ipv6, from Julian Anastasov.
3) Check pskb_trim_rcsum for failure in DSA, from Zhouyang Jia.
4) Don't crash on poll in TLS, from Daniel Borkmann.
5) Revert SO_REUSE{ADDR,PORT} change, it regresses various things
including Avahi mDNS. From Bart Van Assche.
6) Missing of_node_put in qcom/emac driver, from Yue Haibing.
7) We lack checking of the TCP checking in one special case during SYN
receive, from Frank van der Linden.
8) Fix module init error paths of mac80211 hwsim, from Johannes Berg.
9) Handle 802.1ad properly in stmmac driver, from Elad Nachman.
10) Must grab HW caps before doing quirk checks in stmmac driver, from
Jose Abreu.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (81 commits)
net: stmmac: Run HWIF Quirks after getting HW caps
neighbour: skip NTF_EXT_LEARNED entries during forced gc
net: cxgb3: add error handling for sysfs_create_group
tls: fix waitall behavior in tls_sw_recvmsg
tls: fix use-after-free in tls_push_record
l2tp: filter out non-PPP sessions in pppol2tp_tunnel_ioctl()
l2tp: reject creation of non-PPP sessions on L2TPv2 tunnels
mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Fix port_vlan refcounting
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Align with new route replace logic
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Allow appending to dev-only routes
ipv6: Only emit append events for appended routes
stmmac: added support for 802.1ad vlan stripping
cfg80211: fix rcu in cfg80211_unregister_wdev
mac80211: Move up init of TXQs
mac80211_hwsim: fix module init error paths
cfg80211: initialize sinfo in cfg80211_get_station
nl80211: fix some kernel doc tag mistakes
hv_netvsc: Fix the variable sizes in ipsecv2 and rsc offload
rds: avoid unenecessary cong_update in loop transport
l2tp: clean up stale tunnel or session in pppol2tp_connect's error path
...
As we move stuff around, some doc references are broken. Fix some of
them via this script:
./scripts/documentation-file-ref-check --fix
Manually checked that produced results are valid.
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <matthias.bgg@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Miguel Ojeda <miguel.ojeda.sandonis@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+samsung@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Currently we were running HWIF quirks before getting HW capabilities.
This is not right because some HWIF callbacks depend on HW caps.
Lets save the quirks callback and use it in a later stage.
This fixes Altera socfpga.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Fixes: 5f0456b431 ("net: stmmac: Implement logic to automatically select HW Interface")
Reported-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinh.linux@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vitor Soares <soares@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinh.linux@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sysfs_create_group fails, the lack of error-handling code may
cause unexpected results.
This patch adds error-handling code after calling sysfs_create_group.
Signed-off-by: Zhouyang Jia <jiazhouyang09@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switchdev notifications for addition of SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN are
distributed not only on clean addition, but also when flags on an
existing VLAN are changed. mlxsw_sp_bridge_port_vlan_add() calls
mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_get() to get at the port_vlan in question, which
implicitly references the object. This then leads to discrepancies in
reference counting when the VLAN is removed. spectrum.c warns about the
problem when the module is removed:
[13578.493090] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2454 at drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum.c:2973 mlxsw_sp_port_remove+0xfd/0x110 [mlxsw_spectrum]
[...]
[13578.627106] Call Trace:
[13578.629617] mlxsw_sp_fini+0x2a/0xe0 [mlxsw_spectrum]
[13578.634748] mlxsw_core_bus_device_unregister+0x3e/0x130 [mlxsw_core]
[13578.641290] mlxsw_pci_remove+0x13/0x40 [mlxsw_pci]
[13578.646238] pci_device_remove+0x31/0xb0
[13578.650244] device_release_driver_internal+0x14f/0x220
[13578.655562] driver_detach+0x32/0x70
[13578.659183] bus_remove_driver+0x47/0xa0
[13578.663134] pci_unregister_driver+0x1e/0x80
[13578.667486] mlxsw_sp_module_exit+0xc/0x3fa [mlxsw_spectrum]
[13578.673207] __x64_sys_delete_module+0x13b/0x1e0
[13578.677888] ? exit_to_usermode_loop+0x78/0x80
[13578.682374] do_syscall_64+0x39/0xe0
[13578.685976] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
Fix by putting the port_vlan when mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_bridge_join()
determines it's a flag-only change.
Fixes: b3529af6bb ("spectrum: Reference count VLAN entries")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f34436a430 ("net/ipv6: Simplify route replace and appending
into multipath route") changed the IPv6 route replace logic so that the
first matching route (i.e., same metric) is replaced.
Have mlxsw replace the first matching route as well.
Fixes: f34436a430 ("net/ipv6: Simplify route replace and appending into multipath route")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f34436a430 ("net/ipv6: Simplify route replace and appending
into multipath route") changed the IPv6 route append logic so that
dev-only routes can be appended and not only gatewayed routes.
Align mlxsw with the new behaviour.
Fixes: f34436a430 ("net/ipv6: Simplify route replace and appending into multipath route")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
stmmac reception handler calls stmmac_rx_vlan() to strip the vlan before
calling napi_gro_receive().
The function assumes VLAN tagged frames are always tagged with
802.1Q protocol, and assigns ETH_P_8021Q to the skb by hard-coding
the parameter on call to __vlan_hwaccel_put_tag() .
This causes packets not to be passed to the VLAN slave if it was created
with 802.1AD protocol
(ip link add link eth0 eth0.100 type vlan proto 802.1ad id 100).
This fix passes the protocol from the VLAN header into
__vlan_hwaccel_put_tag() instead of using the hard-coded value of
ETH_P_8021Q.
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_RX check was added and the strip action is now
dependent on the correct combination of features and the detected vlan tag.
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_RX feature was added to be in line with the driver
actual abilities.
Signed-off-by: Elad Nachman <eladn@gilat.com>
Reviewed-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Errors are already reported in xemaclite_mdio_setup so avoid
reporting it again.
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused 'has_mdio' flag.
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 'has_mdio' flag is not used,sequence insmod->rmmod-> insmod
leads to failure as MDIO unregister doesn't happen in .remove().
Fix it by checking MII bus pointer instead.
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ensure MDIO bus is not double freed in remove() path
assign lp->mii_bus after MDIO bus registration.
Signed-off-by: Radhey Shyam Pandey <radhey.shyam.pandey@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing of_node_put() call for device node returned by
of_parse_phandle().
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If 'of_device_get_match_data()' fails, we need to release some resources as
done in the other error handling path of this function.
Fixes: efacb568c9 ("net: stmmac: dwmac-meson: extend phy mode setting")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For each network interface linux network stack issue ndo_set_rx_mode call
in order to configure MAC address filters (e.g. for multicast filtering).
Currently ThunderX NICVF driver has only one ordered workqueue to process
such requests for all VFs.
And because of that it is possible that subsequent call to
ndo_set_rx_mode would corrupt data which is currently in use
by nicvf_set_rx_mode_task. Which in turn could cause following issue:
[...]
[ 48.978341] Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 1fffff0000000000
[ 48.986275] Mem abort info:
[ 48.989058] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 48.994965] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 48.998020] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 49.001152] Data abort info:
[ 49.004022] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 49.007869] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 49.010826] [1fffff0000000000] address between user and kernel address ranges
[ 49.017963] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 49.072138] task: ffff800fdd675400 task.stack: ffff000026440000
[ 49.078051] PC is at prefetch_freepointer.isra.37+0x28/0x3c
[ 49.083613] LR is at kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xc8/0x1fc
[...]
[ 49.272684] [<ffff0000082738f0>] prefetch_freepointer.isra.37+0x28/0x3c
[ 49.279286] [<ffff000008276bc8>] kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xc8/0x1fc
[ 49.285455] [<ffff0000082c0c0c>] alloc_fdtable+0x78/0x134
[ 49.290841] [<ffff0000082c15c0>] dup_fd+0x254/0x2f4
[ 49.295709] [<ffff0000080d1954>] copy_process.isra.38.part.39+0x64c/0x1168
[ 49.302572] [<ffff0000080d264c>] _do_fork+0xfc/0x3b0
[ 49.307524] [<ffff0000080d29e8>] SyS_clone+0x44/0x50
[...]
This patch is to prevent such concurrent data write with spinlock.
Reported-by: Dean Nelson <dnelson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to release the refcnt on dst_entry in the route table, otherwise
we will leak the route.
Fixes: 8e6a9046b6 ("nfp: flower vxlan neighbour offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
.ndo_get_phys_port_name was recently extended to support multi-vNIC
FWs. These are firmwares which can have more than one vNIC per PF
without associated port (e.g. Adaptive Buffer Management FW), therefore
we need a way of distinguishing the vNICs. Unfortunately, it's too
late to make flower use the same naming. Flower users may depend on
.ndo_get_phys_port_name returning -EOPNOTSUPP, for example the name
udev gave the PF vNIC was just the bare PCI device-based name before
the change, and will have 'nn0' appended after.
To ensure flower's vNIC doesn't have phys_port_name attribute, add
a flag to vNIC struct and set it in flower code. New projects will
not set the flag adhere to the naming scheme from the start.
Fixes: 51c1df83e3 ("nfp: assign vNIC id as phys_port_name of vNICs which are not ports")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are gathering software statistics on per-ring basis.
.ndo_get_stats64 handler adds the rings up. Unfortunately
we are currently only adding up active rings, which means
that if user decreases the number of active rings the
statistics from deactivated rings will no longer be counted
and total interface statistics may go backwards.
Always sum all possible rings, the stats are allocated
statically for max number of rings, so we don't have to
worry about them being removed. We could add the stats
up when user changes the ring count, but it seems unnecessary..
Adding up inactive rings will be very quick since no datapath
will be touching them.
Fixes: 164d1e9e5d ("nfp: add support for ethtool .set_channels")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once upon a time nfp_cpp_resource_find() took a name parameter,
which could be any user-chosen string. Resources are identified
by a CRC32 hash of a 8 byte string, so we had to pad user input
with zeros to make sure CRC32 gave the correct result.
Since then nfp_cpp_resource_find() was made to operate on allocated
resources only (struct nfp_resource). We kzalloc those so there is
no need to pad the strings and use memcmp.
This avoids a GCC 8 stringop-truncation warning:
In function ‘nfp_cpp_resource_find’,
inlined from ‘nfp_resource_try_acquire’ at .../nfpcore/nfp_resource.c:153:8,
inlined from ‘nfp_resource_acquire’ at .../nfpcore/nfp_resource.c:206:9:
.../nfpcore/nfp_resource.c:108:2: warning: strncpy’ output may be truncated copying 8 bytes from a string of length 8 [-Wstringop-truncation]
strncpy(name_pad, res->name, sizeof(name_pad));
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses two issues. First it adds the correct bit definitions
for the SECTXSTAT and SECRXSTAT registers. Then it makes use of those
definitions to test for if IPsec has been disabled on the part and if so we
do not enable it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Reported-by: Andre Tomt <andre@tomt.net>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes two issues. First we add an early test for the Tx and Rx
security block ready bits. By doing this we can avoid the need for waits or
loopback in the event that the security block is already flushed out.
Secondly we fix the boolean logic that was testing for the Tx OR Rx ready
bits being set and change it so that we only exit if the Tx AND Rx ready
bits are both set.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves the IPsec init function in ixgbe_sw_init. This way it is a
bit more consistent with the placement of similar initialization functions
and is placed before the reset_hw call which should allow us to clean up
any link issues that may be introduced by the fact that we force the link
up if somehow the device had IPsec still enabled before the driver was
loaded.
In addition to the function move it is necessary to change the assignment
of netdev->features. The easiest way to do this is to just test for the
existence of adapter->ipsec and if it is present we set the feature bits.
Fixes: 49a94d74d9 ("ixgbe: add ipsec engine start and stop routines")
Reported-by: Andre Tomt <andre@tomt.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no point in adding code if CONFIG_XFRM is defined that we won't
use unless CONFIG_XFRM_OFFLOAD is defined. So instead of leaving this code
floating around I am replacing the ifdef with what I believe is the correct
one so that we only include the code and variables if they will actually be
used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we were enabling macvlan interfaces we weren't correctly configuring
things until ixgbe_setup_tc was called a second time either by tweaking the
number of queues or increasing the macvlan count past 15.
The issue came down to the fact that num_rx_pools is not populated until
after the queues and interrupts are reinitialized.
Instead of trying to set it sooner we can just move the call to setup at
least 1 traffic class to the SR-IOV/VMDq setup function so that we just set
it for this one case. We already had a spot that was configuring the queues
for TC 0 in the code here anyway so it makes sense to also set the number
of TCs here as well.
Fixes: 49cfbeb7a9 ("ixgbe: Fix handling of macvlan Tx offload")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix several bpfilter/UMH bugs, in particular make the UMH build not
depend upon X86 specific Kconfig symbols. From Alexei Starovoitov.
2) Fix handling of modified context pointer in bpf verifier, from
Daniel Borkmann.
3) Kill regression in ifdown/ifup sequences for hv_netvsc driver, from
Dexuan Cui.
4) When the bonding primary member name changes, we have to re-evaluate
the bond->force_primary setting, from Xiangning Yu.
5) Eliminate possible padding beyone end of SKB in cdc_ncm driver, from
Bjørn Mork.
6) RX queue length reported for UDP sockets in procfs and socket diag
are inaccurate, from Paolo Abeni.
7) Fix br_fdb_find_port() locking, from Petr Machata.
8) Limit sk_rcvlowat values properly in TCP, from Soheil Hassas
Yeganeh.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (23 commits)
tcp: limit sk_rcvlowat by the maximum receive buffer
net: phy: dp83822: use BMCR_ANENABLE instead of BMSR_ANEGCAPABLE for DP83620
socket: close race condition between sock_close() and sockfs_setattr()
net: bridge: Fix locking in br_fdb_find_port()
udp: fix rx queue len reported by diag and proc interface
cdc_ncm: avoid padding beyond end of skb
net/sched: act_simple: fix parsing of TCA_DEF_DATA
net: fddi: fix a possible null-ptr-deref
net: aquantia: fix unsigned numvecs comparison with less than zero
net: stmmac: fix build failure due to missing COMMON_CLK dependency
bpfilter: fix race in pipe access
bpf, xdp: fix crash in xdp_umem_unaccount_pages
xsk: Fix umem fill/completion queue mmap on 32-bit
tools/bpf: fix selftest get_cgroup_id_user
bpfilter: fix OUTPUT_FORMAT
umh: fix race condition
net: mscc: ocelot: Fix uninitialized error in ocelot_netdevice_event()
bonding: re-evaluate force_primary when the primary slave name changes
ip_tunnel: Fix name string concatenate in __ip_tunnel_create()
hv_netvsc: Fix a network regression after ifdown/ifup
...
From: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
This was originally mistakenly submitted to net-next. Resubmitting to net.
The comparison of numvecs < 0 is always false because numvecs is a u32
and hence the error return from a failed call to pci_alloc_irq_vectores
is never detected. Fix this by using the signed int ret to handle the
error return and assign numvecs to err.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1468650 ("Unsigned compared against 0")
Fixes: a09bd81b54 ("net: aquantia: Limit number of vectors to actually allocated irqs")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix the build failure on m68k;
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-ipq806x.o: In function `ipq806x_gmac_probe':
dwmac-ipq806x.c:(.text+0xda): undefined reference to `clk_set_rate'
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-rk.o: In function `rk_gmac_probe':
dwmac-rk.c:(.text+0x1e58): undefined reference to `clk_set_rate'
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-sti.o: In function `stid127_fix_retime_src':
dwmac-sti.c:(.text+0xd8): undefined reference to `clk_set_rate'
dwmac-sti.c:(.text+0x114): undefined reference to `clk_set_rate'
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/dwmac-sti.o:dwmac-sti.c:(.text+0x12c): more undefined references to `clk_set_rate' follow
Lots of stmmac platform drivers need COMMON_CLK in their Kconfig depends.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With gcc-4.1.2:
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/ocelot.c: In function ‘ocelot_netdevice_event’:
drivers/net/ethernet/mscc/ocelot.c:1129: warning: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function
If the list iterated over by netdev_for_each_lower_dev() is empty, ret
is never initialized, and converted into a notifier return value.
Fix this by preinitializing ret to zero.
Fixes: a556c76adc ("net: mscc: Add initial Ocelot switch support")
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This has been a quiet cycle for RDMA, the big bulk is the usual smallish
driver updates and bug fixes. About four new uAPI related things. Not as much
Szykaller patches this time, the bugs it finds are getting harder to fix.
- More work cleaning up the RDMA CM code
- Usual driver bug fixes and cleanups for qedr, qib, hfi1, hns, i40iw, iw_cxgb4, mlx5, rxe
- Driver specific resource tracking and reporting via netlink
- Continued work for name space support from Parav
- MPLS support for the verbs flow steering uAPI
- A few tricky IPoIB fixes improving robustness
- HFI1 driver support for the '16B' management packet format
- Some auditing to not print kernel pointers via %llx or similar
- Mark the entire 'UCM' user-space interface as BROKEN with the intent to remove it
entirely. The user space side of this was long ago replaced with RDMA-CM and
syzkaller is finding bugs in the residual UCM interface nobody wishes to fix because
nobody uses it.
- Purge more bogus BUG_ON's from Leon
- 'flow counters' verbs uAPI
- T10 fixups for iser/isert, these are Acked by Martin but going through the RDMA
tree due to dependencies
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=Mb8m
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"This has been a quiet cycle for RDMA, the big bulk is the usual
smallish driver updates and bug fixes. About four new uAPI related
things. Not as much Szykaller patches this time, the bugs it finds are
getting harder to fix.
Summary:
- More work cleaning up the RDMA CM code
- Usual driver bug fixes and cleanups for qedr, qib, hfi1, hns,
i40iw, iw_cxgb4, mlx5, rxe
- Driver specific resource tracking and reporting via netlink
- Continued work for name space support from Parav
- MPLS support for the verbs flow steering uAPI
- A few tricky IPoIB fixes improving robustness
- HFI1 driver support for the '16B' management packet format
- Some auditing to not print kernel pointers via %llx or similar
- Mark the entire 'UCM' user-space interface as BROKEN with the
intent to remove it entirely. The user space side of this was long
ago replaced with RDMA-CM and syzkaller is finding bugs in the
residual UCM interface nobody wishes to fix because nobody uses it.
- Purge more bogus BUG_ON's from Leon
- 'flow counters' verbs uAPI
- T10 fixups for iser/isert, these are Acked by Martin but going
through the RDMA tree due to dependencies"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (138 commits)
RDMA/mlx5: Update SPDX tags to show proper license
RDMA/restrack: Change SPDX tag to properly reflect license
IB/hfi1: Fix comment on default hdr entry size
IB/hfi1: Rename exp_lock to exp_mutex
IB/hfi1: Add bypass register defines and replace blind constants
IB/hfi1: Remove unused variable
IB/hfi1: Ensure VL index is within bounds
IB/hfi1: Fix user context tail allocation for DMA_RTAIL
IB/hns: Use zeroing memory allocator instead of allocator/memset
infiniband: fix a possible use-after-free bug
iw_cxgb4: add INFINIBAND_ADDR_TRANS dependency
IB/isert: use T10-PI check mask definitions from core layer
IB/iser: use T10-PI check mask definitions from core layer
RDMA/core: introduce check masks for T10-PI offload
IB/isert: fix T10-pi check mask setting
IB/mlx5: Add counters read support
IB/mlx5: Add flow counters read support
IB/mlx5: Add flow counters binding support
IB/mlx5: Add counters create and destroy support
IB/uverbs: Add support for flow counters
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=aFAi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.18-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- unify AER decoding for native and ACPI CPER sources (Alexandru
Gagniuc)
- add TLP header info to AER tracepoint (Thomas Tai)
- add generic pcie_wait_for_link() interface (Oza Pawandeep)
- handle AER ERR_FATAL by removing and re-enumerating devices, as
Downstream Port Containment does (Oza Pawandeep)
- factor out common code between AER and DPC recovery (Oza Pawandeep)
- stop triggering DPC for ERR_NONFATAL errors (Oza Pawandeep)
- share ERR_FATAL recovery path between AER and DPC (Oza Pawandeep)
- disable ASPM L1.2 substate if we don't have LTR (Bjorn Helgaas)
- respect platform ownership of LTR (Bjorn Helgaas)
- clear interrupt status in top half to avoid interrupt storm (Oza
Pawandeep)
- neaten pci=earlydump output (Andy Shevchenko)
- avoid errors when extended config space inaccessible (Gilles Buloz)
- prevent sysfs disable of device while driver attached (Christoph
Hellwig)
- use core interface to report PCIe link properties in bnx2x, bnxt_en,
cxgb4, ixgbe (Bjorn Helgaas)
- remove unused pcie_get_minimum_link() (Bjorn Helgaas)
- fix use-before-set error in ibmphp (Dan Carpenter)
- fix pciehp timeouts caused by Command Completed errata (Bjorn
Helgaas)
- fix refcounting in pnv_php hotplug (Julia Lawall)
- clear pciehp Presence Detect and Data Link Layer Status Changed on
resume so we don't miss hotplug events (Mika Westerberg)
- only request pciehp control if we support it, so platform can use
ACPI hotplug otherwise (Mika Westerberg)
- convert SHPC to be builtin only (Mika Westerberg)
- request SHPC control via _OSC if we support it (Mika Westerberg)
- simplify SHPC handoff from firmware (Mika Westerberg)
- fix an SHPC quirk that mistakenly included *all* AMD bridges as well
as devices from any vendor with device ID 0x7458 (Bjorn Helgaas)
- assign a bus number even to non-native hotplug bridges to leave
space for acpiphp additions, to fix a common Thunderbolt xHCI
hot-add failure (Mika Westerberg)
- keep acpiphp from scanning native hotplug bridges, to fix common
Thunderbolt hot-add failures (Mika Westerberg)
- improve "partially hidden behind bridge" messages from core (Mika
Westerberg)
- add macros for PCIe Link Control 2 register (Frederick Lawler)
- replace IB/hfi1 custom macros with PCI core versions (Frederick
Lawler)
- remove dead microblaze and xtensa code (Bjorn Helgaas)
- use dev_printk() when possible in xtensa and mips (Bjorn Helgaas)
- remove unused pcie_port_acpi_setup() and portdrv_acpi.c (Bjorn
Helgaas)
- add managed interface to get PCI host bridge resources from OF (Jan
Kiszka)
- add support for unbinding generic PCI host controller (Jan Kiszka)
- fix memory leaks when unbinding generic PCI host controller (Jan
Kiszka)
- request legacy VGA framebuffer only for VGA devices to avoid false
device conflicts (Bjorn Helgaas)
- turn on PCI_COMMAND_IO & PCI_COMMAND_MEMORY in pci_enable_device()
like everybody else, not in pcibios_fixup_bus() (Bjorn Helgaas)
- add generic enable function for simple SR-IOV hardware (Alexander
Duyck)
- use generic SR-IOV enable for ena, nvme (Alexander Duyck)
- add ACS quirk for Intel 7th & 8th Gen mobile (Alex Williamson)
- add ACS quirk for Intel 300 series (Mika Westerberg)
- enable register clock for Armada 7K/8K (Gregory CLEMENT)
- reduce Keystone "link already up" log level (Fabio Estevam)
- move private DT functions to drivers/pci/ (Rob Herring)
- factor out dwc CONFIG_PCI Kconfig dependencies (Rob Herring)
- add DesignWare support to the endpoint test driver (Gustavo
Pimentel)
- add DesignWare support for endpoint mode (Gustavo Pimentel)
- use devm_ioremap_resource() instead of devm_ioremap() in dra7xx and
artpec6 (Gustavo Pimentel)
- fix Qualcomm bitwise NOT issue (Dan Carpenter)
- add Qualcomm runtime PM support (Srinivas Kandagatla)
- fix DesignWare enumeration below bridges (Koen Vandeputte)
- use usleep() instead of mdelay() in endpoint test (Jia-Ju Bai)
- add configfs entries for pci_epf_driver device IDs (Kishon Vijay
Abraham I)
- clean up pci_endpoint_test driver (Gustavo Pimentel)
- update Layerscape maintainer email addresses (Minghuan Lian)
- add COMPILE_TEST to improve build test coverage (Rob Herring)
- fix Hyper-V bus registration failure caused by domain/serial number
confusion (Sridhar Pitchai)
- improve Hyper-V refcounting and coding style (Stephen Hemminger)
- avoid potential Hyper-V hang waiting for a response that will never
come (Dexuan Cui)
- implement Mediatek chained IRQ handling (Honghui Zhang)
- fix vendor ID & class type for Mediatek MT7622 (Honghui Zhang)
- add Mobiveil PCIe host controller driver (Subrahmanya Lingappa)
- add Mobiveil MSI support (Subrahmanya Lingappa)
- clean up clocks, MSI, IRQ mappings in R-Car probe failure paths
(Marek Vasut)
- poll more frequently (5us vs 5ms) while waiting for R-Car data link
active (Marek Vasut)
- use generic OF parsing interface in R-Car (Vladimir Zapolskiy)
- add R-Car V3H (R8A77980) "compatible" string (Sergei Shtylyov)
- add R-Car gen3 PHY support (Sergei Shtylyov)
- improve R-Car PHYRDY polling (Sergei Shtylyov)
- clean up R-Car macros (Marek Vasut)
- use runtime PM for R-Car controller clock (Dien Pham)
- update arm64 defconfig for Rockchip (Shawn Lin)
- refactor Rockchip code to facilitate both root port and endpoint
mode (Shawn Lin)
- add Rockchip endpoint mode driver (Shawn Lin)
- support VMD "membar shadow" feature (Jon Derrick)
- support VMD bus number offsets (Jon Derrick)
- add VMD "no AER source ID" quirk for more device IDs (Jon Derrick)
- remove unnecessary host controller CONFIG_PCIEPORTBUS Kconfig
selections (Bjorn Helgaas)
- clean up quirks.c organization and whitespace (Bjorn Helgaas)
* tag 'pci-v4.18-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (144 commits)
PCI/AER: Replace struct pcie_device with pci_dev
PCI/AER: Remove unused parameters
PCI: qcom: Include gpio/consumer.h
PCI: Improve "partially hidden behind bridge" log message
PCI: Improve pci_scan_bridge() and pci_scan_bridge_extend() doc
PCI: Move resource distribution for single bridge outside loop
PCI: Account for all bridges on bus when distributing bus numbers
ACPI / hotplug / PCI: Drop unnecessary parentheses
ACPI / hotplug / PCI: Mark stale PCI devices disconnected
ACPI / hotplug / PCI: Don't scan bridges managed by native hotplug
PCI: hotplug: Add hotplug_is_native()
PCI: shpchp: Add shpchp_is_native()
PCI: shpchp: Fix AMD POGO identification
PCI: mobiveil: Add MSI support
PCI: mobiveil: Add Mobiveil PCIe Host Bridge IP driver
PCI/AER: Decode Error Source Requester ID
PCI/AER: Remove aer_recover_work_func() forward declaration
PCI/DPC: Use the generic pcie_do_fatal_recovery() path
PCI/AER: Pass service type to pcie_do_fatal_recovery()
PCI/DPC: Disable ERR_NONFATAL handling by DPC
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add Maglev hashing scheduler to IPVS, from Inju Song.
2) Lots of new TC subsystem tests from Roman Mashak.
3) Add TCP zero copy receive and fix delayed acks and autotuning with
SO_RCVLOWAT, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Add XDP_REDIRECT support to mlx5 driver, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
5) Add ttl inherit support to vxlan, from Hangbin Liu.
6) Properly separate ipv6 routes into their logically independant
components. fib6_info for the routing table, and fib6_nh for sets of
nexthops, which thus can be shared. From David Ahern.
7) Add bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper, which can be used to generate ICMP
messages from XDP programs. From Nikita V. Shirokov.
8) Lots of long overdue cleanups to the r8169 driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
9) Add BTF ("BPF Type Format"), from Martin KaFai Lau.
10) Add traffic condition monitoring to iwlwifi, from Luca Coelho.
11) Plumb extack down into fib_rules, from Roopa Prabhu.
12) Add Flower classifier offload support to igb, from Vinicius Costa
Gomes.
13) Add UDP GSO support, from Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add documentation for eBPF helpers, from Quentin Monnet.
15) Add TLS tx offload to mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
16) Allow applications to be given the number of bytes available to read
on a socket via a control message returned from recvmsg(), from
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh.
17) Add x86_32 eBPF JIT compiler, from Wang YanQing.
18) Add AF_XDP sockets, with zerocopy support infrastructure as well.
From Björn Töpel.
19) Remove indirect load support from all of the BPF JITs and handle
these operations in the verifier by translating them into native BPF
instead. From Daniel Borkmann.
20) Add GRO support to ipv6 gre tunnels, from Eran Ben Elisha.
21) Allow XDP programs to do lookups in the main kernel routing tables
for forwarding. From David Ahern.
22) Allow drivers to store hardware state into an ELF section of kernel
dump vmcore files, and use it in cxgb4. From Rahul Lakkireddy.
23) Various RACK and loss detection improvements in TCP, from Yuchung
Cheng.
24) Add TCP SACK compression, from Eric Dumazet.
25) Add User Mode Helper support and basic bpfilter infrastructure, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
26) Support ports and protocol values in RTM_GETROUTE, from Roopa
Prabhu.
27) Support bulking in ->ndo_xdp_xmit() API, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
28) Add lots of forwarding selftests, from Petr Machata.
29) Add generic network device failover driver, from Sridhar Samudrala.
* ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1959 commits)
strparser: Add __strp_unpause and use it in ktls.
rxrpc: Fix terminal retransmission connection ID to include the channel
net: hns3: Optimize PF CMDQ interrupt switching process
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox receiving unknown message
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox cannot receiving PF response
bnx2x: use the right constant
Revert "net: sched: cls: Fix offloading when ingress dev is vxlan"
net: dsa: b53: Fix for brcm tag issue in Cygnus SoC
enic: fix UDP rss bits
netdev-FAQ: clarify DaveM's position for stable backports
rtnetlink: validate attributes in do_setlink()
mlxsw: Add extack messages for port_{un, }split failures
netdevsim: Add extack error message for devlink reload
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations
net: metrics: add proper netlink validation
ipmr: fix error path when ipmr_new_table fails
ip6mr: only set ip6mr_table from setsockopt when ip6mr_new_table succeeds
net: hns3: remove unused hclgevf_cfg_func_mta_filter
netfilter: provide udp*_lib_lookup for nf_tproxy
qed*: Utilize FW 8.37.2.0
...
- Use overflow helpers in 2-factor allocators (Kees, Rasmus)
- Introduce overflow test module (Rasmus, Kees)
- Introduce saturating size helper functions (Matthew, Kees)
- Treewide use of struct_size() for allocators (Kees)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=/3L8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'overflow-v4.18-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull overflow updates from Kees Cook:
"This adds the new overflow checking helpers and adds them to the
2-factor argument allocators. And this adds the saturating size
helpers and does a treewide replacement for the struct_size() usage.
Additionally this adds the overflow testing modules to make sure
everything works.
I'm still working on the treewide replacements for allocators with
"simple" multiplied arguments:
*alloc(a * b, ...) -> *alloc_array(a, b, ...)
and
*zalloc(a * b, ...) -> *calloc(a, b, ...)
as well as the more complex cases, but that's separable from this
portion of the series. I expect to have the rest sent before -rc1
closes; there are a lot of messy cases to clean up.
Summary:
- Introduce arithmetic overflow test helper functions (Rasmus)
- Use overflow helpers in 2-factor allocators (Kees, Rasmus)
- Introduce overflow test module (Rasmus, Kees)
- Introduce saturating size helper functions (Matthew, Kees)
- Treewide use of struct_size() for allocators (Kees)"
* tag 'overflow-v4.18-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux:
treewide: Use struct_size() for devm_kmalloc() and friends
treewide: Use struct_size() for vmalloc()-family
treewide: Use struct_size() for kmalloc()-family
device: Use overflow helpers for devm_kmalloc()
mm: Use overflow helpers in kvmalloc()
mm: Use overflow helpers in kmalloc_array*()
test_overflow: Add memory allocation overflow tests
overflow.h: Add allocation size calculation helpers
test_overflow: Report test failures
test_overflow: macrofy some more, do more tests for free
lib: add runtime test of check_*_overflow functions
compiler.h: enable builtin overflow checkers and add fallback code
- add generic enable function for simple SR-IOV hardware (Alexander
Duyck)
- use generic SR-IOV enable for ena, nvme (Alexander Duyck)
- add ACS quirk for Intel 7th & 8th Gen mobile (Alex Williamson)
- add ACS quirk for Intel 300 series (Mika Westerberg)
* pci/virtualization:
PCI/IOV: Allow PF drivers to limit total_VFs to 0
PCI: Add "pci=noats" boot parameter
PCI: Add ACS quirk for Intel 300 series
PCI: Add ACS quirk for Intel 7th & 8th Gen mobile
nvme-pci: Use pci_sriov_configure_simple() to enable VFs
net: ena: Use pci_sriov_configure_simple() to enable VFs
PCI/IOV: Add pci-pf-stub driver for PFs that only enable VFs
PCI/IOV: Add pci_sriov_configure_simple()
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:
struct foo {
int stuff;
void *entry[];
};
instance = kmalloc(sizeof(struct foo) + sizeof(void *) * count, GFP_KERNEL);
Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:
instance = kmalloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL);
This patch makes the changes for kmalloc()-family (and kvmalloc()-family)
uses. It was done via automatic conversion with manual review for the
"CHECKME" non-standard cases noted below, using the following Coccinelle
script:
// pkey_cache = kmalloc(sizeof *pkey_cache + tprops->pkey_tbl_len *
// sizeof *pkey_cache->table, GFP_KERNEL);
@@
identifier alloc =~ "kmalloc|kzalloc|kvmalloc|kvzalloc";
expression GFP;
identifier VAR, ELEMENT;
expression COUNT;
@@
- alloc(sizeof(*VAR) + COUNT * sizeof(*VAR->ELEMENT), GFP)
+ alloc(struct_size(VAR, ELEMENT, COUNT), GFP)
// mr = kzalloc(sizeof(*mr) + m * sizeof(mr->map[0]), GFP_KERNEL);
@@
identifier alloc =~ "kmalloc|kzalloc|kvmalloc|kvzalloc";
expression GFP;
identifier VAR, ELEMENT;
expression COUNT;
@@
- alloc(sizeof(*VAR) + COUNT * sizeof(VAR->ELEMENT[0]), GFP)
+ alloc(struct_size(VAR, ELEMENT, COUNT), GFP)
// Same pattern, but can't trivially locate the trailing element name,
// or variable name.
@@
identifier alloc =~ "kmalloc|kzalloc|kvmalloc|kvzalloc";
expression GFP;
expression SOMETHING, COUNT, ELEMENT;
@@
- alloc(sizeof(SOMETHING) + COUNT * sizeof(ELEMENT), GFP)
+ alloc(CHECKME_struct_size(&SOMETHING, ELEMENT, COUNT), GFP)
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
When the PF frequently switches the CMDQ interrupt, if the CMDQ_SRC is
not cleared before the hardware interrupt is generated, the new interrupt
will not be reported.
This patch optimizes this problem by clearing CMDQ_SRC and RESET_STS
before enabling interrupt and syncing pending IRQ handlers after disabling
interrupt.
Fixes: 466b0c0039 ("net: hns3: Add support for misc interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the firmware updates the crq's tail pointer, if the VF driver
reads the data in the crq, the data may be incomplete at this time,
which will lead to the driver read an unknown message.
This patch fixes it by checking if crq is empty before reading the
message.
Fixes: b11a0bb231 ("net: hns3: Add mailbox support to VF driver")
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the VF frequently switches the CMDQ interrupt, if the CMDQ_SRC is not
cleared, the VF will not receive the new PF response after the interrupt
is re-enabled, the corresponding log is as follows:
[ 317.482222] hns3 0000:00:03.0: VF could not get mbx resp(=0) from PF
in 500 tries
[ 317.483137] hns3 0000:00:03.0: VF request to get tqp info from PF
failed -5
This patch fixes this problem by clearing CMDQ_SRC before enabling
interrupt and syncing pending IRQ handlers after disabling interrupt.
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nearby code that also tests port suggests that the P0 constant should be
used when port is zero.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression e,e1;
@@
* e ? e1 : e1
// </smpl>
Fixes: 6c3218c6f7 ("bnx2x: Adjust ETS to 578xx")
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 48398b6e70 ("enic: set UDP rss flag") driver needed to set a
single bit to enable UDP rss. This is changed to two bit. One for UDP
IPv4 and other bit for UDP IPv6. The hardware which supports this is not
released yet. When released, driver should set 2 bit to enable UDP rss for
both IPv4 and IPv6.
Also add spinlock around vnic_dev_capable_rss_hash_type().
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <gvaradar@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-06-05
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a new BPF hook for sendmsg similar to existing hooks for bind and
connect: "This allows to override source IP (including the case when it's
set via cmsg(3)) and destination IP:port for unconnected UDP (slow path).
TCP and connected UDP (fast path) are not affected. This makes UDP support
complete, that is, connected UDP is handled by connect hooks, unconnected
by sendmsg ones.", from Andrey.
2) Rework of the AF_XDP API to allow extending it in future for type writer
model if necessary. In this mode a memory window is passed to hardware
and multiple frames might be filled into that window instead of just one
that is the case in the current fixed frame-size model. With the new
changes made this can be supported without having to add a new descriptor
format. Also, core bits for the zero-copy support for AF_XDP have been
merged as agreed upon, where i40e bits will be routed via Jeff later on.
Various improvements to documentation and sample programs included as
well, all from Björn and Magnus.
3) Given BPF's flexibility, a new program type has been added to implement
infrared decoders. Quote: "The kernel IR decoders support the most
widely used IR protocols, but there are many protocols which are not
supported. [...] There is a 'long tail' of unsupported IR protocols,
for which lircd is need to decode the IR. IR encoding is done in such
a way that some simple circuit can decode it; therefore, BPF is ideal.
[...] user-space can define a decoder in BPF, attach it to the rc
device through the lirc chardev.", from Sean.
4) Several improvements and fixes to BPF core, among others, dumping map
and prog IDs into fdinfo which is a straight forward way to correlate
BPF objects used by applications, removing an indirect call and therefore
retpoline in all map lookup/update/delete calls by invoking the callback
directly for 64 bit archs, adding a new bpf_skb_cgroup_id() BPF helper
for tc BPF programs to have an efficient way of looking up cgroup v2 id
for policy or other use cases. Fixes to make sure we zero tunnel/xfrm
state that hasn't been filled, to allow context access wrt pt_regs in
32 bit archs for tracing, and last but not least various test cases
for fixes that landed in bpf earlier, from Daniel.
5) Get rid of the ndo_xdp_flush API and extend the ndo_xdp_xmit with
a XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag instead which allows to avoid one indirect
call as flushing is now merged directly into ndo_xdp_xmit(), from Jesper.
6) Add a new bpf_get_current_cgroup_id() helper that can be used in
tracing to retrieve the cgroup id from the current process in order
to allow for e.g. aggregation of container-level events, from Yonghong.
7) Two follow-up fixes for BTF to reject invalid input values and
related to that also two test cases for BPF kselftests, from Martin.
8) Various API improvements to the bpf_fib_lookup() helper, that is,
dropping MPLS bits which are not fully hashed out yet, rejecting
invalid helper flags, returning error for unsupported address
families as well as renaming flowlabel to flowinfo, from David.
9) Various fixes and improvements to sockmap BPF kselftests in particular
in proper error detection and data verification, from Prashant.
10) Two arm32 BPF JIT improvements. One is to fix imm range check with
regards to whether immediate fits into 24 bits, and a naming cleanup
to get functions related to rsh handling consistent to those handling
lsh, from Wang.
11) Two compile warning fixes in BPF, one for BTF and a false positive
to silent gcc in stack_map_get_build_id_offset(), from Arnd.
12) Add missing seg6.h header into tools include infrastructure in order
to fix compilation of BPF kselftests, from Mathieu.
13) Several formatting cleanups in the BPF UAPI helper description that
also fix an error during rst2man compilation, from Quentin.
14) Hide an unused variable in sk_msg_convert_ctx_access() when IPv6 is
not built into the kernel, from Yue.
15) Remove a useless double assignment in dev_map_enqueue(), from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return messages in extack for port split/unsplit errors. e.g.,
$ devlink port split swp1s1 count 4
Error: mlxsw_spectrum: Port cannot be split further.
devlink answers: Invalid argument
$ devlink port unsplit swp4
Error: mlxsw_spectrum: Port was not split.
devlink answers: Invalid argument
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack argument to reload, port_split and port_unsplit operations.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last patch apparently added a complete replacement for this
function, but left the old one in place, which now causes a
harmless warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3vf/hclgevf_main.c:731:12: 'hclgevf_cfg_func_mta_filter' defined but not used
I assume it can be removed.
Fixes: 3a678b5806 ("net: hns3: Optimize the VF's process of updating multicast MAC")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This FW contains several fixes and features.
RDMA
- Several modifications and fixes for Memory Windows
- drop vlan and tcp timestamp from mss calculation in driver for
this FW
- Fix SQ completion flow when local ack timeout is infinite
- Modifications in t10dif support
ETH
- Fix aRFS for tunneled traffic without inner IP.
- Fix chip configuration which may fail under heavy traffic conditions.
- Support receiving any-VNI in VXLAN and GENEVE RX classification.
iSCSI / FcoE
- Fix iSCSI recovery flow
- Drop vlan and tcp timestamp from mss calc for fw 8.37.2.0
Misc
- Several registers (split registers) won't read correctly with
ethtool -d
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Rangankar <manish.rangankar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix to return error code -ENOMEM from the kvzalloc_node() error handling
case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 069d11465a ("net/mlx5e: RX, Enhance legacy Receive Queue memory scheme")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c:903:5: warning:
symbol 'mlx5e_change_rep_mtu' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending an ack to a command packet, the skb is still referenced
after it is sent to the real device. Since the real device could
free the skb, the device pointer would be invalid.
Also, remove an unnecessary variable.
Fixes: ceed73a2cf ("drivers: net: ethernet: qualcomm: rmnet: Initial implementation")
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RAWIP devices such as rmnet do not have a hardware address and
instead require the kernel to generate a random IID for the
IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Sean Tranchetti <stranche@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the ndo_xdp_flush call implementation ixgbe_xdp_flush
as no callers of ndo_xdp_flush are left.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Remove the ndo_xdp_flush call implementation i40e_xdp_flush
as no callers of ndo_xdp_flush are left.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-06-04
This series contains a smorgasbord of updates to documentation, e1000e,
igb, ixgbe, ixgbevf and i40e.
Benjamin Poirier fixes a potential kernel crash due to NULL pointer
dereference in e1000e.
Jeff updates the kernel documentation for e100 and e1000 to correct
default values and URLs which were incorrect in the documentation. Also
took the time to update these to the new reStructured text format for
kernel documentation.
Joanna Yurdal fixes a missing PTP transmit timestamp by ensuring that
TSICR gets cleared when ICR is cleared.
Sergey updates igb to reset all the transmit queues at one time so that
we only have to wait once for all the queues to be reset.
Alex fixes ixgbevf so that malicious driver detection (MDD) can co-exist
with XDP.
Emil and Tony extend the RTNL lock to ensure we get the most up-to-date
values for the bits and avoid a possible race condition when going down.
YueHaibing from Huawei introduces a helper function in ixgbe for
operation reads to simplify the code a bit more.
Daniel Borkmann adds support for XDP meta data when using build SKB
for i40e.
Shannon Nelson provides twp fixes for the IPSec code in ixgbe, first is
to make sure we do not try to offload the decryption of any incoming
packet that is destined for the management engine. The other fix is to
resolve a cast problem introduced by a sparse cleanup patch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the multicast mask value in device tree is configured not all
0xff, the broadcast mac will be lost from tcam table after the
execution of command 'ifconfig up'. The address is appended by
hns_ae_start, but will be clear later by hns_nic_set_rx_mode
called in dev_open process.
This patch fixed it by not use the multicast mask when add a
broadcast address.
Fixes: b5996f11ea ("net: add Hisilicon Network Subsystem basic ethernet support")
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dma_zalloc_coherent instead of dma_alloc_coherent
followed by memset 0.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for configuring SRQ and provides the necessary
APIs for rdma upper layer driver (qedr) to enable the SRQ feature.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <yuval.bason@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the checkpatch issue of NULL comparison. Replace x == NULL
with !x, by using the following coccinelle script:
@disable is_null@
expression e;
@@
-e==NULL
+!e
Signed-off-by: Varsha Rao <rvarsha016@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following coccinelle script removes extra parentheses to fix the
clang warning of extraneous parentheses.
@disable paren@
identifier i;
expression e;
statement s;
@@
if (
-(i == e)
+i == e
)
s
Suggested-by: Lukas Bulwahn <lukas.bulwahn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Varsha Rao <rvarsha016@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in gemini dev_warn message
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dma_zalloc_coherent for allocating zeroed
memory and remove unnecessary memset function.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When initializing 'maxp' in sh_eth_soft_swap(), the buffer length needs
to be rounded up -- that's just asking for DIV_ROUND_UP()!
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sh_eth_tsu_soft_swap() is called twice by the driver, remove *inline* and
move that function from the header to the driver itself to let gcc decide
whether to expand it inline or not...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Browsing thru the driver disassembly, I noticed that ARM gcc generated
no code whatsoever for sh_eth_soft_swap() while building a little-endian
kernel -- apparently __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ was not being #define'd, however
it got implicitly #define'd when building with the SH gcc (I could only
find the explicit #define __LITTLE_ENDIAN that was #include'd when building
a little-endian kernel). Luckily, the Ether controller only doing big-
endian DMA is encountered on the early SH771x SoCs only and all ARM SoCs
implement EDMR.DE and thus set 'sh_eth_cpu_data::hw_swap'. But anyway, we
need to fix the #ifdef inside sh_eth_soft_swap() to something that would
work on all architectures...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- replaceme the force_dma flag with a dma_configure bus method.
(Nipun Gupta, although one patch is іncorrectly attributed to me
due to a git rebase bug)
- use GFP_DMA32 more agressively in dma-direct. (Takashi Iwai)
- remove PCI_DMA_BUS_IS_PHYS and rely on the dma-mapping API to do the
right thing for bounce buffering.
- move dma-debug initialization to common code, and apply a few cleanups
to the dma-debug code.
- cleanup the Kconfig mess around swiotlb selection
- swiotlb comment fixup (Yisheng Xie)
- a trivial swiotlb fix. (Dan Carpenter)
- support swiotlb on RISC-V. (based on a patch from Palmer Dabbelt)
- add a new generic dma-noncoherent dma_map_ops implementation and use
it for arc, c6x and nds32.
- improve scatterlist validity checking in dma-debug. (Robin Murphy)
- add a struct device quirk to limit the dma-mask to 32-bit due to
bridge/system issues, and switch x86 to use it instead of a local
hack for VIA bridges.
- handle devices without a dma_mask more gracefully in the dma-direct
code.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6Acj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dma-mapping-4.18' of git://git.infradead.org/users/hch/dma-mapping
Pull dma-mapping updates from Christoph Hellwig:
- replace the force_dma flag with a dma_configure bus method. (Nipun
Gupta, although one patch is іncorrectly attributed to me due to a
git rebase bug)
- use GFP_DMA32 more agressively in dma-direct. (Takashi Iwai)
- remove PCI_DMA_BUS_IS_PHYS and rely on the dma-mapping API to do the
right thing for bounce buffering.
- move dma-debug initialization to common code, and apply a few
cleanups to the dma-debug code.
- cleanup the Kconfig mess around swiotlb selection
- swiotlb comment fixup (Yisheng Xie)
- a trivial swiotlb fix. (Dan Carpenter)
- support swiotlb on RISC-V. (based on a patch from Palmer Dabbelt)
- add a new generic dma-noncoherent dma_map_ops implementation and use
it for arc, c6x and nds32.
- improve scatterlist validity checking in dma-debug. (Robin Murphy)
- add a struct device quirk to limit the dma-mask to 32-bit due to
bridge/system issues, and switch x86 to use it instead of a local
hack for VIA bridges.
- handle devices without a dma_mask more gracefully in the dma-direct
code.
* tag 'dma-mapping-4.18' of git://git.infradead.org/users/hch/dma-mapping: (48 commits)
dma-direct: don't crash on device without dma_mask
nds32: use generic dma_noncoherent_ops
nds32: implement the unmap_sg DMA operation
nds32: consolidate DMA cache maintainance routines
x86/pci-dma: switch the VIA 32-bit DMA quirk to use the struct device flag
x86/pci-dma: remove the explicit nodac and allowdac option
x86/pci-dma: remove the experimental forcesac boot option
Documentation/x86: remove a stray reference to pci-nommu.c
core, dma-direct: add a flag 32-bit dma limits
dma-mapping: remove unused gfp_t parameter to arch_dma_alloc_attrs
dma-debug: check scatterlist segments
c6x: use generic dma_noncoherent_ops
arc: use generic dma_noncoherent_ops
arc: fix arc_dma_{map,unmap}_page
arc: fix arc_dma_sync_sg_for_{cpu,device}
arc: simplify arc_dma_sync_single_for_{cpu,device}
dma-mapping: provide a generic dma-noncoherent implementation
dma-mapping: simplify Kconfig dependencies
riscv: add swiotlb support
riscv: only enable ZONE_DMA32 for 64-bit
...
Fix up a cast problem introduced by a sparse cleanup patch. This fixes
a problem where the encrypted packets were not recognized on Rx and
subsequently dropped.
Fixes: 9cfbfa701b ("ixgbe: cleanup sparse warnings")
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure we don't try to offload the decryption of an incoming
packet that should get delivered to the management engine. This
is a corner case that will likely be very seldom seen, but could
really confuse someone if they were to hit it.
Suggested-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When offloading mirroring to gretap or ip6gretap netdevices, an 802.1q
bridge is one of the soft devices permissible in the underlay when
resolving the packet path. After the packet path is resolved to a
particular bridge egress device, flags on packet VLAN determine whether
the egressed packet should be tagged.
The current logic however only ever sets the VLAN tag, never suppresses
it. Thus if there's a VLAN netdevice above the bridge that determines
the packet VLAN, that VLAN is never unset, and mirroring is configured
with VLAN tagging.
Fix by setting the packet VLAN on both branches: set to zero (for unset)
when BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_UNTAGGED, copy the resolved VLAN (e.g. from bridge
PVID) otherwise.
Fixes: 946a11e740 ("mlxsw: spectrum_span: Allow bridge for gretap mirror")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VLAN deletion notifications are emitted before the relevant change is
projected to bridge configuration. Thus, like with VLAN addition,
schedule SPAN respin for later.
Fixes: c520bc6986 ("mlxsw: Respin SPAN on switchdev events")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to ixgbevf, the same possibility for race exists. Extend the RTNL
lock in ixgbe_reset_subtask() to protect the state bits; this is to make
sure that we get the most up-to-date values for the bits and avoid a
possible race when going down.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for XDP meta data when using build skb variant of
the i40e driver. Implementation is analogous to the existing
ixgbe and ixgbevf support for meta data from 366a88fe2f ("bpf,
ixgbe: add meta data support") and be8333322e ("ixgbevf: Add
support for meta data"). With the build skb variant we get
192 bytes of extra headroom which can be used for encaps or
meta data.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgbe_dbg_reg_ops_read and ixgbe_dbg_netdev_ops_read copy-pasting
the same code except for ixgbe_dbg_netdev_ops_buf/ixgbe_dbg_reg_ops_buf,
so introduce a helper ixgbe_dbg_common_ops_read to remove redundant code.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Extend the RTNL lock in ixgbevf_reset_subtask() to protect the state bits
check in addition to the call to ixgbevf_reinit_locked().
This is to make sure that we get the most up-to-date values for the bits
and avoid a possible race when going down.
Suggested-by: Zhiping du <zhipingdu@tencent.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the case of the VF driver it is supposed to provide a context descriptor
that allows us to provide information about the header offsets inside of
the frame. However in the case of XDP we don't really have any of that
information since the data is minimally processed. As a result we were
seeing malicious driver detection (MDD) events being triggered when the PF
had that functionality enabled.
To address this I have added a bit of new code that will "prime" the XDP
ring by providing one context descriptor that assumes the minimal setup of
an Ethernet frame which is an L2 header length of 14. With just that we can
provide enough information to make the hardware happy so that we don't
trigger MDD events.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move 10ms sleep out of function resetting TX queue.
Reset all the TX queues in one turn and
wait for all of them just once.
Use usleep_range() instead of mdelay() in order not to
affect transmission on other interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nemov <sergey.nemov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Issuing "ip link set up/down" can block TSICR interrupts, what results in
missing PTP Tx timestamp and no PPS pulse generation.
Problem happens when the link is set up with the TSICR interrupts pending.
ICR is cleared before enabling interrupts, while TSICR is not. When all TSICR
interrupts are pending at this moment, time_sync interrupt will never
be generated. TSICR should be cleared as well.
In order to reproduce the issue:
1. Setup linux with IEEE 1588 grandmaster and PPS output enabled
2. Continue setting link up/down with random intervals between commands
3. Wait until PPS is not generated ( only one pulse is generated and PPS
dies), and ptp4l complains constantly about Tx timeout.
Signed-off-by: Joanna Yurdal <jyu@trackman.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There have been multiple reports of crashes that look like
kernel: RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8110303f>] timecounter_read+0xf/0x50
[...]
kernel: Call Trace:
kernel: [<ffffffffa0806b0f>] e1000e_phc_gettime+0x2f/0x60 [e1000e]
kernel: [<ffffffffa0806c5d>] e1000e_systim_overflow_work+0x1d/0x80 [e1000e]
kernel: [<ffffffff810992c5>] process_one_work+0x155/0x440
kernel: [<ffffffff81099e16>] worker_thread+0x116/0x4b0
kernel: [<ffffffff8109f422>] kthread+0xd2/0xf0
kernel: [<ffffffff8163184f>] ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70
These can be traced back to the fact that e1000e_systim_reset() skips the
timecounter_init() call if e1000e_get_base_timinca() returns -EINVAL, which
leads to a null deref in timecounter_read().
Commit 83129b37ef ("e1000e: fix systim issues", v4.2-rc1) reworked
e1000e_get_base_timinca() in such a way that it can return -EINVAL for
e1000_pch_spt if the SYSCFI bit is not set in TSYNCRXCTL.
Some experimentation has shown that on I219 (e1000_pch_spt, "MAC: 12")
adapters, the E1000_TSYNCRXCTL_SYSCFI flag is unstable; TSYNCRXCTL reads
sometimes don't have the SYSCFI bit set. Retrying the read shortly after
finds the bit to be set. This was observed at boot (probe) but also link up
and link down.
Moreover, the phc (PTP Hardware Clock) seems to operate normally even after
reads where SYSCFI=0. Therefore, remove this register read and
unconditionally set the clock parameters.
Reported-by: Achim Mildenberger <admin@fph.physik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
Message-Id: <20180425065243.g5mqewg5irkwgwgv@f2>
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1075876
Fixes: 83129b37ef ("e1000e: fix systim issues")
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes: db9d7d36ee ("net: mvpp2: Split the PPv2 driver to a dedicated directory")
Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function aq_fw2x_get_mac_permanent is local to the source and does
not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
warning: symbol 'aq_fw2x_get_mac_permanent' was not declared. Should it
be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series comes to allow user space applications to monitor real time
traffic activity and events of the verbs objects it manages, e.g.:
ibv_qp, ibv_wq, ibv_flow.
This API enables generic counters creation and define mapping
to association with a verbs object, current mlx5 driver using
this API for flow counters.
With this API, an application can monitor the entire life cycle of
object activity, defined here as a static counters attachment.
This API also allows dynamic counters monitoring of measurement points
for a partial period in the verbs object life cycle.
In addition it presents the implementation of the generic counters interface.
This will be achieved by extending flow creation by adding a new flow count
specification type which allows the user to associate a previously created
flow counters using the generic verbs counters interface to the created flow,
once associated the user could read statistics by using the read function of
the generic counters interface.
The API includes:
1. create and destroyed API of a new counters objects
2. read the counters values from HW
Note:
Attaching API to allow application to define the measurement points per objects
is a user space only API and this data is passed to kernel when the counted
object (e.g. flow) is created with the counters object.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iHQEABYIAB0WIQT1m3YD37UfMCUQBNwp8NhrnBAZsQUCWxIiqQAKCRAp8NhrnBAZ
sWJRAPYl06nEfQjRlW//ZE/pO2oKXbfEevg7nnbpe80ERlxLAQDA2LHAcU7ma/NC
hS5yxIq1gLSA27N+5qAoFVK8vJ5ZCg==
=EiAV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'verbs_flow_counters' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/leon/linux-rdma.git into for-next
Pull verbs counters series from Leon Romanovsky:
====================
Verbs flow counters support
This series comes to allow user space applications to monitor real time
traffic activity and events of the verbs objects it manages, e.g.: ibv_qp,
ibv_wq, ibv_flow.
The API enables generic counters creation and define mapping to
association with a verbs object, the current mlx5 driver is using this API
for flow counters.
With this API, an application can monitor the entire life cycle of object
activity, defined here as a static counters attachment. This API also
allows dynamic counters monitoring of measurement points for a partial
period in the verbs object life cycle.
In addition it presents the implementation of the generic counters
interface.
This will be achieved by extending flow creation by adding a new flow
count specification type which allows the user to associate a previously
created flow counters using the generic verbs counters interface to the
created flow, once associated the user could read statistics by using the
read function of the generic counters interface.
The API includes:
1. create and destroyed API of a new counters objects
2. read the counters values from HW
Note:
Attaching API to allow application to define the measurement points per
objects is a user space only API and this data is passed to kernel when
the counted object (e.g. flow) is created with the counters object.
===================
* tag 'verbs_flow_counters':
IB/mlx5: Add counters read support
IB/mlx5: Add flow counters read support
IB/mlx5: Add flow counters binding support
IB/mlx5: Add counters create and destroy support
IB/uverbs: Add support for flow counters
IB/core: Add support for flow counters
IB/core: Support passing uhw for create_flow
IB/uverbs: Add read counters support
IB/core: Introduce counters read verb
IB/uverbs: Add create/destroy counters support
IB/core: Introduce counters object and its create/destroy
IB/uverbs: Add an ib_uobject getter to ioctl() infrastructure
net/mlx5: Export flow counter related API
net/mlx5: Use flow counter pointer as input to the query function
This patch fixes the clang warning of extraneous parentheses, with the
following coccinelle script.
@@
identifier i;
expression e;
statement s;
@@
if (
-(i == e)
+i == e
)
s
Suggested-by: Lukas Bulwahn <lukas.bulwahn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Varsha Rao <rvarsha016@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for Flexible PPS output (which is equivalent
to per_out output of PTP subsystem).
Tested using an oscilloscope and the following commands:
1) Start PTP4L:
# ptp4l -A -4 -H -m -i eth0 &
2) Set Flexible PPS frequency:
# echo <idx> <ts> <tns> <ps> <pns> > /sys/class/ptp/ptpX/period
Where, ts/tns is start time and ps/pns is period time, and ptpX is ptp
of eth0.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vitor Soares <soares@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incorrect shared memory address is used while deriving the values
for tc and pri_type. Use shmem address corresponding to 'oem_cfg_func'
where the management firmare saves tc/pri_type values.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure shared between driver and management firmware (MFW)
differ in sizes. The additional field defined by the MFW is not
relevant to the current driver. Add a dummy field to the structure.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When passed the XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag ixgbe_xdp_xmit now performs the
same kind of ring tail update as in ixgbe_xdp_flush. The update tail
code in ixgbe_xdp_flush is generalized and shared with ixgbe_xdp_xmit.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
When passed the XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag i40e_xdp_xmit now performs the
same kind of ring tail update as in i40e_xdp_flush. The advantage is
that all the necessary checks have been performed and xdp_ring can be
updated, instead of having to perform the exact same steps/checks in
i40e_xdp_flush
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch only change the API and reject any use of flags. This is an
intermediate step that allows us to implement the flush flag operation
later, for each individual driver in a separate patch.
The plan is to implement flush operation via XDP_XMIT_FLUSH flag
and then remove XDP_XMIT_FLAGS_NONE when done.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Commit 1383cb8103 ("mlx4_core: allocate ICM memory in page size chunks")
brought two regressions caught in our regression suite.
The big one is an additional cost of 256 bytes of overhead per 4096 bytes,
or 6.25 % which is unacceptable since ICM can be pretty large.
This comes from having to allocate one struct mlx4_icm_chunk (256 bytes)
per MLX4_TABLE_CHUNK, which the buggy commit shrank to 4KB
(instead of prior 256KB)
Note that mlx4_alloc_icm() is already able to try high order allocations
and fallback to low-order allocations under high memory pressure.
Most of these allocations happen right after boot time, when we get
plenty of non fragmented memory, there is really no point being so
pessimistic and break huge pages into order-0 ones just for fun.
We only have to tweak gfp_mask a bit, to help falling back faster,
without risking OOM killings.
Second regression is an KASAN fault, that will need further investigations.
Fixes: 1383cb8103 ("mlx4_core: allocate ICM memory in page size chunks")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Sperbeck <jsperbeck@google.com>
Cc: Tarick Bedeir <tarick@google.com>
Cc: Qing Huang <qing.huang@oracle.com>
Cc: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Cc: Zhu Yanjun <yanjun.zhu@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
axienet_open no longer return -ENODEV when PHY cannot be connected to
since commit d7cc3163e0 ("net: axienet: Support phy-less mode of operation")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If statement has make sure the 'slave->phy' is NULL
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/fpga/tls.c:199:6: warning:
symbol 'mlx5_fpga_tls_send_teardown_cmd' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filling in the padding slot in the bpf structure as a bug fix in 'ne'
overlapped with actually using that padding area for something in
'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Exports counters API to be used in both IB and EN.
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Raed Salem <raeds@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This allows to un-expose the details of struct mlx5_fc and keep it
internal to the core driver.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Avoid false sharing of cachelines by separating the cachelines of
TX stats that are dertied in xmit flow and in completion flow.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Prefer the linear SKB configuration of Legacy RQ over the
non-linear one of Striding RQ.
This implies that ConnectX-4 LX now uses legacy RQ by default,
as it does not support the linear configuration of Striding RQ.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Enhance the memory scheme of the legacy RQ, such that
only order-0 pages are used.
Whenever possible, prefer using a linear SKB, and build it
wrapping the WQE buffer.
Otherwise (for example, jumbo frames on x86), use non-linear SKB,
with as many frags as needed. In this case, multiple WQE
scatter entries are used, up to a maximum of 4 frags and 10KB of MTU.
This implied to remove support of HW LRO in legacy RQ, as it would
require large number of page allocations and scatter entries per WQE
on archs with PAGE_SIZE = 4KB, yielding bad performance.
In earlier patches, we guaranteed that all completions are in-order,
and that we use a cyclic WQ.
This creates an oppurtunity for a performance optimization:
The mapping between a "struct mlx5e_dma_info", and the
WQEs (struct mlx5e_wqe_frag_info) pointing to it, is constant
across different cycles of a WQ. This allows initializing
the mapping in the time of RQ creation, and not handle it
in datapath.
A struct mlx5e_dma_info that is shared between different WQEs
is allocated by the first WQE, and freed by the last one.
This implies an important requirement: WQEs that share the same
struct mlx5e_dma_info must be posted within the same NAPI.
Otherwise, upon completion, struct mlx5e_wqe_frag_info would mistakenly
point to the new struct mlx5e_dma_info, not the one that was posted
(and the HW wrote to).
This bulking requirement is actually good also for performance reasons,
hence we extend the bulk beyong the minimal requirement above.
With this memory scheme, the RQs memory footprint is reduce by a
factor of 2 on x86, and by a factor of 32 on PowerPC.
Same factors apply for the number of pages in a GRO session.
Performance tests:
ConnectX-4, single core, single RX ring, default MTU.
x86:
CPU: Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz
Packet rate (early drop in TC): no degradation
TCP streams: ~5% improvement
PowerPC:
CPU: POWER8 (raw), altivec supported
Packet rate (early drop in TC): 20% gain
TCP streams: 25% gain
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Now that LRO is not supported for Legacy RQ, there is no source of
out-of-order completions in the WQ, and we can use a cyclic one.
This has multiple advantages:
- reduces the WQE size (smaller PCI transactions).
- lower overhead in datapath (no handling of 'next' pointers).
- no reserved WQE for the WQ head (was need in linked-list).
- allows using a constant map between frag and dma_info struct, in downstream patch.
Performance tests:
ConnectX-4, single core, single RX ring.
Major gain in packet rate of single ring XDP drop.
Bottleneck is shifted form HW (at 16Mpps) to SW (at 20Mpps).
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Replace the common RQ WQ object with two separate ones for the
different RQ types.
This is in preparation for switching to using a cyclic WQ type
in Legacy RQ.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Current LRO implementation in Legacy RQ uses high-order pages.
In downstream patches of this series we complete the transition
to using only order-0 pages in RX datapath (which was already done
in Striding RQ).
Unlike the more advanced Striding RQ, Legacy RQ does not make reuse
of any non-consumed buffers of non-full LRO sessions, and combining
it with order-0 pages has many performance drawbacks.
Hence, here we totally remove LRO support in Legacy RQ.
This guarantees having no out-of-order completions, which allows using
a cyclic work queue (instead of a linked-list) in a downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Get the logic of copying the packet header into the SKB linear part
into a generic function. Function does copy length alignment
and dma buffer sync.
It is currently called only within the MPWQE flow.
In a downstream patch, it will be called within the legacy RQ flow
as well.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Rename it and pass truesize as an extra argument, as it will be used also
in Legacy RQ in a downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Make name more generic by dropping MPWRQ from it, as it will be
used also in Legacy RQ in a downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Instead of maintaining a local copy of skb->len/data and updating
it upon every copy to the WQE inline part, just calculate it once
when needed, using the ihs.
This obsoletes the function mlx5e_tx_skb_pull_inline.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add handlers for this event to perform graceful teardown of the device.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The representor MTU was hard coded to 1500 bytes.
Allow setting arbitrary MTU values up to the max supported by the FW.
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Increase the aRFS flow table size to 64k so it could contain up to 64k
different streams.
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Now, when all channels stats are saved regardless of the channel's state
{open, closed}, we can safely remove this indication and the stats spin
lock which protects it.
Fixes: 76c3810bade3 ("net/mlx5e: Avoid reset netdev stats on configuration changes")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The driver can present all SW stats even when the state not opened.
Fixed get strings, count and stats to support it.
In addition, fix tc2txq to hold a static mapping which doesn't depend on
the amount of open channels, and cannot have the same value on two
different cells while moving between configurations.
Example:
- OOB 16 channels
- Change to 2 channels, 8 TCs
- tc2txq[15][0] == tc2txq[1][7] == 15
This will cause multiple appearances of the same TX index in statistics
output.
Fixes: 76c3810bade3 ("net/mlx5e: Avoid reset netdev stats on configuration changes")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
A call to mlx5e_tx_skb_pull_inline was mistakenly dropped
in the cited patch. Get it back.
Fixes: 043dc78ecf ("net/mlx5e: TX, Use actual WQE size for SQ edge fill")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
IPoIB WQE size is larger than a single WQEBB. Must not fetch the WQE,
and surely not memset it, until it is guaranteed that there are enough
WQEBBs available before getting to SQ/frag edge.
Fixes: 043dc78ecf ("net/mlx5e: TX, Use actual WQE size for SQ edge fill")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In the update flow of the new PF driver, if a multicast address is in mta
table, the VF deletion action will not take effect.
This patch adds the VF adaptation according to the new flow of PF'driver.
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current process, the multicast MAC is added to both MAC_VLAN
table and MTA table, this will reduce the utilization of the resource.
This patch improves the process of adding multicast MAC address, the
new process starts using the MTA table to add multicast MAC after the
MAC_VLAN table is full, and the MTA is disable if it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when skb->encapsulation is 0, skb->ip_summed is CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
and it is udp packet, which has a dest port as the IANA assigned.
the hardware is expected to do the checksum offload, but the
hardware will not do the checksum offload when udp dest port is
4789.
This patch fixes it by doing the checksum in software.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a break missing in the switch/case handling in
hclge_misc_irq_handle, which causes the log to output
uncorrectly.
This patch adds the missing break, and change the dev_dbg
to dev_warn in order to better catch the error.
Fixes: c1a81619d7 ("net: hns3: Add mailbox interrupt handling to PF driver")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When resetting, phy_state_machine may be accessing the phy through
firmware if the phy is not stopped or disconnected, which will
cause firemware timeout problem because the firmware is busy
processing the reset request.
This patch fixes it by disabling the phy when resetting.
Fixes: b940aeae0ed6 ("net: hns3: never send command queue message to IMP when reset")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hardware sends the HCLGE_VECTOR0_EVENT_RST event through
hclge_misc_irq_handle, currently driver enables misc_vector in
the interrupt handle, and hardware generates the same interrupt
for the same reset event again and again until the reset is
complete, which causes hclge_reset running repeatly problem.
This patch fixes by enabling the misc_vector after reset is
complete.
Fixes: 4ed340ab8f ("net: hns3: Add reset process in hclge_main")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hclge_ae_stop is called during resetting, it will cancel the
service_task by calling cancel_work_sync, which may cause the
service_task to exit without clearing HCLGE_STATE_SERVICE_SCHED
bit. If this happens, the service_task will never run again.
This patch fixes this problem by clearing it after calling
cancel_work_sync in hclge_ae_stop.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing function reset or insmod hns3 dirver after rmmod,
the entries of mac vlan table are not cleared, which may cause
init mac address failed. This patch fixes it by clearing the
old mac address when doing function reset or rmmod hns3 driver.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add checking for new mac address. It doesn't need to config
the mac vlan table if it's already in use.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for IFF_ALLMULTI flag to HNS3 PF and VF
driver.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is only 128 entries for hardware's vf vlan table, when
the vf table is full, the firmware will disable the vf vlan
filter and return a resp_code of HCLGE_VF_VLAN_NO_ENTRY to
driver.
This patch checks the if resp_code from firmware is
HCLGE_VF_VLAN_NO_ENTRY, if yes, then print a warning and
return ok to the caller.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the mvpp2 driver is growing, move this driver to a dedicated
directory and split it into several files.
Since this driver has a lot of register defines and structure
definitions, it can benefit from having all of this into a dedicated
header file, named mvpp2.h.
A good chunk of the mvpp2 code is dedicated to Header Parser handling, so
we introduce mvpp2_prs.h where all Header Parser definitions are located,
and mvpp2_prs.c containing the related code.
In the same way, mvpp2_cls.h and mvpp2_cls.c are created to contain
Classifier and RSS related code.
The former 'mvpp2.c' file is renamed 'mvpp2_main.c' so that we can keep
the driver binary named 'mvpp2'.
This commit is only about spliting the driver into multiple files and
doesn't introduce any new function, feature or fix besides removing
'static' keywords when needed.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous code was optimistic, accepting the offload of whole action
chain when there was a single known action (drop/redirect). This results
in offloading a rule which should not be offloaded, because its behavior
cannot be reproduced in the hardware.
For example:
$ tc filter add dev eno1 parent ffff: protocol ip \
u32 ht 800: order 1 match tcp src 42 FFFF \
action mirred egress mirror dev enp1s16 pipe \
drop
The controller is unable to mirror the packet to a VF, but still
offloads the rule by dropping the packet.
Change the approach of the function to a pessimistic one, rejecting the
chain when an unknown action is found. This is better suited for future
extensions.
Note that both recognized actions always return TC_ACT_SHOT, therefore
it is safe to ignore actions behind them.
Signed-off-by: Ondřej Hlavatý <ohlavaty@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current error handling code has an issue where it does:
if (priv->txchan)
cpdma_chan_destroy(priv->txchan);
The problem is that ->txchan is either valid or an error pointer (which
would lead to an Oops). I've changed it to use multiple error labels so
that the test can be removed.
Also there were some missing calls to netif_napi_del().
Fixes: 3ef0fdb234 ("net: davinci_emac: switch to new cpdma layer")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On platforms that don't always enable CONFIG_GPIOLIB, we run into
a build failure:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c: In function 'cpsw_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c:3006:9: error: implicit declaration of function 'devm_gpiod_get_array_optional' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
mode = devm_gpiod_get_array_optional(&pdev->dev, "mode", GPIOD_OUT_LOW);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c:3006:59: error: 'GPIOD_OUT_LOW' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'GPIOF_INIT_LOW'?
mode = devm_gpiod_get_array_optional(&pdev->dev, "mode", GPIOD_OUT_LOW);
Since we cannot rely on this to be visible from gpio.h, we have to include
gpio/consumer.h directly.
Fixes: 2652113ff0 ("net: ethernet: ti: Allow most drivers with COMPILE_TEST")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FPGA queue pair (QP) event fires whenever a QP on the FPGA
transitions to the error state.
At this stage, this event is unrecoverable, it may become recoverable
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Temperature warning event is sent by FW to indicate high temperature
as detected by one of the sensors on the board.
Add handling of this event by writing the numbers of the alert sensors
to the kernel log.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add FORCE_PAUSE bit to force local pause settings instead
of using auto negotiated values.
Signed-off-by: Santosh Rastapur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG=y, calling sonic_open() produces the
message, "DMA-API: device driver failed to check map error".
Add the missing dma_mapping_error() call.
Cc: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Bogendoerfer <tsbogend@alpha.franken.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there's no special support for the bridge events, the driver
returns -EOPNOTSUPP, and thus the commit never happens. Therefore
schedule respin during the prepare stage: there's no real difference one
way or another.
This fixes the problem that mirror-to-gretap offload wouldn't adapt to
changes in bridge vlan configuration right away and another notification
would have to arrive for mlxsw to catch up.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch enables emitting VLAN notifications for the bridge CPU
port in addition to the existing slave port notifications. These
notifications have orig_dev set to the bridge in question.
Because there's no specific support for these VLANs, just ignore the
notifications to maintain the current behavior.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A follow-up patch enables emitting VLAN notifications for the bridge CPU
port in addition to the existing slave port notifications. These
notifications have orig_dev set to the bridge in question.
Because there's no specific support for these VLANs, just ignore the
notifications to maintain the current behavior.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds driver changes for capturing the link change count in
ethtool statistics display.
Please consider applying this to "net-next".
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes mlx5 FPGA and mlx5e netdevice updates:
1) Print FPGA info such as device name, vendor id, etc.., from Ilan Tayari.
2) Abort FPGA if some essential capabilities are not supported, from Yevgeny Kliteynik.
3) Two FPGA dma related minor fixes, from Ilya Lesokhin.
4) Use the right table to report offloaded TC rules, from Or Gerlitz.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbDfJhAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+ab8IAM85ISCSoq0hqMNCHDWS+Tni
ZzM+6nECRPnt+Kivu3lO9K6Lz9Z9s5iBexjCXJTWal+8DYNhGw0o5yZ0lL1cT6DY
vc4Kzvurfx5lXlhDG8ezEZ8MJcHP0KCnAPbovuC5xeVKHQ5xfgmr2NwAl1vqG6ev
15ne6UVexytuylkUCHDTZcPa3HLC0CX2g8e2U+ijJ105L66MR/GTZB+XV6OaFdCg
LAsKSdN6FPUIKbO+Dvpjpoe+5n7fvIvuKOQUEAds6EcqOwCqNREZqdQduCn5VvDw
cOEOcTnxNvBy3R3w59U36LnFDP2NKvTO3a2EWLneujSnp+ypTZ1R8KIATV1i6rk=
=Qe1/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-05-29
This series includes mlx5 FPGA and mlx5e netdevice updates:
1) Print FPGA info such as device name, vendor id, etc.., from Ilan Tayari.
2) Abort FPGA if some essential capabilities are not supported, from Yevgeny Kliteynik.
3) Two FPGA dma related minor fixes, from Ilya Lesokhin.
4) Use the right table to report offloaded TC rules, from Or Gerlitz.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove and coalesce formats when there is an unnecessary
character after a logging newline. These extra characters
cause logging defects.
Miscellanea:
o Coalesce formats
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test-building this driver on targets without CONFIG_OF revealed a build
failure:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_mdio.c: In function 'davinci_mdio_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/davinci_mdio.c:380:9: error: implicit declaration of function 'davinci_mdio_probe_dt'; did you mean 'davinci_mdio_probe'? [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
This adjusts the #ifdef logic in the driver to make it build in
all configurations.
Fixes: 2652113ff0 ("net: ethernet: ti: Allow most drivers with COMPILE_TEST")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While compile-testing on arm64 with gcc-8.1, I ran into a build diagnostic:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c: In function 'fec_probe':
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c:3517:25: error: '%d' directive writing between 1 and 10 bytes into a region of size 5 [-Werror=format-overflow=]
sprintf(irq_name, "int%d", i);
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c:3517:21: note: directive argument in the range [0, 2147483646]
sprintf(irq_name, "int%d", i);
^~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fec_main.c:3517:3: note: 'sprintf' output between 5 and 14 bytes into a destination of size 8
sprintf(irq_name, "int%d", i);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
It appears this has never shown on ppc32 or arm32 for an unknown reason, but
now gcc fails to identify that the 'irq_cnt' loop index has an upper bound
of 3, and instead uses a bogus range.
To work around the warning, this changes the sprintf to snprintf with the
correct buffer length.
Fixes: 78cc6e7ef9 ("net: ethernet: freescale: Allow FEC with COMPILE_TEST")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we keep the offloaded TC rules for NIC and e-switch in two different
places, make sure to return the number of offloaded flows according
to the use-case and not blindly from the priv.
Fixes: 655dc3d2b9 ('net/mlx5e: Use shared table for offloaded TC eswitch flows')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When mlx5_fpga_conn_unmap_buf is called buf->sg[0].size
should equal the actual buffer size, not the message size.
Otherwise we will trigger the following dma debug warning
"DMA-API: device driver frees DMA memory with different size"
Fixes: 537a505741 ('net/mlx5: FPGA, Add high-speed connection routines')
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Properly initialize dma direction on fpga conn send.
Do not rely on dma_dir == 0 (DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL).
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In the case that the reported max number of QPs capability
equals to zero, abort FPGA init.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Kliteynik <kliteyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add print of the following values on init:
1. ieee vendor id
2. sandbox product id
3. sandbox product version
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add device name for Mellanox FPGA devices.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Tayari <ilant@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Check for 0xE00 (RECOVERABLE_ERR) along with ARMFW UE (0x0)
in be_detect_error() to know whether the error is valid error or not
Fixes: 673c96e5a ("be2net: Fix UE detection logic for BE3")
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, the PCI BAR0 register is used for triggering FW reset. However,
that is a legacy attitude and it is recommended to use MRSR to perform
reset instead. So do that. Move the reset into init() function as
the cmd interface needs to be used. With that, IRQ initialization needs
to be moved as well. As a side effect, the reset move simplifies
the devlink reload flow.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is an exception in command interface processing in case the MRSR
register is written to. The register triggers FW reset and during the
reset FW returns an error. So handle this by ignoring this error while
writing to MRSR register.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit "net: qcom/emac: Encapsulate sgmii ops under one structure"
introduced the sgmii_ops structure, but did not correctly initialize
it on device tree platforms. This resulted in compiler warnings when
ACPI is not enabled.
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_TLS=m and MLX5_CORE_EN=y, we get a link failure:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/tls_rxtx.o: In function `mlx5e_tls_handle_ooo':
tls_rxtx.c:(.text+0x24c): undefined reference to `tls_get_record'
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_accel/tls_rxtx.o: In function `mlx5e_tls_handle_tx_skb':
tls_rxtx.c:(.text+0x9a8): undefined reference to `tls_device_sk_destruct'
This narrows down the dependency to only allow the configurations
that will actually work. The existing dependency on TLS_DEVICE is
not sufficient here since MLX5_EN_TLS is a 'bool' symbol.
Fixes: c83294b9ef ("net/mlx5e: TLS, Add Innova TLS TX support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report the stat diff to make sure MQ stats add up to child stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for MQ offload and setting RED parameters
on queue-by-queue basis.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate the PF representor as multi-queue to allow setting
the configuration per-queue.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a handful of statistics exposing some internal details
of the implementation. Expose those via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow nfp apps to add extra ethtool stats.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Report basic and extended RED statistics back to TC.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload simple RED configurations. For now support only DCTCP
like scenarios where min and max are the same.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Queue levels for simple ECN marking are stored in _abi_nfd_out_q_lvls_X
symbol, where X is the PCIe PF id. Find out the location of that symbol
and add helpers for modifying it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ABM NIC FW has a cut-through mode where the PCIe queuing
is bypassed, thus working like our standard NIC FWs. Use this
mode by default and only enable queuing in switchdev mode where
users can configure it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers are using a bare number inside phys_port_name
as VF id and OpenStack's regexps will pick it up. We can't
use a bare number for your vNICs, prefix the names with 'n'.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After recent change we started returning 0 from
ndo_get_phys_port_name for VFs. The name parameter for
ndo_get_phys_port_name is not initialized by the stack so
this can lead to a crash. We should have kept returning
-EOPNOTSUPP in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series includes updates for mlx5e netdev driver.
1) Allowr flow based VF vport mirroring under sriov switchdev scheme,
added support for offloading the TC mirred mirror sub-action, from
Chris Mi.
=================
From: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
The user will typically set the actions order such that the mirror
port (mirror VF) sees packets as the original port (VF under
mirroring) sent them or as it will receive them. In the general case,
it means that packets are potentially sent to the mirror port before
or after some actions were applied on them.
To properly do that, we follow on the exact action order as set for
the flow and make sure this will also be the case when we program the
HW offload.
If all the actions should apply before forwarding to the mirror and dest port,
mirroring is just multicasting to the two vports. Otherwise, we split
the TC flow to two HW rules, where the 1st applies only the actions
needed up to the mirror (if there are such) and the 2nd the rest of
the actions plus the forwarding to the dest vport.
=================
2) Move to order-0 only allocations (using fragmented work queues) for all
work queues used by the driver, RX and TX descriptor rings
(RQs, SQs and Completion Queues (CQs)), from Tariq Toukan.
3) Avoid resetting netdevice statistics on netdevice
state changes, from Eran Ben Elisha.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbCKCcAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o++7sH/1FPmwvpf4qNEsusr714lNnl
PxzVjnwxKZNYyovIjr6QGSxMM1qDiPejyYnZIAzH00B+XWCq3zn8H3sfJLFbmxN3
clayd6dGV27HzLZwV2aD9vXfVb7snNhQtTp5zoajsnZY4xO335n3FA3kF5TxLqKO
bxsnY2xSaSpbrBH2z2UvHc+ib9KnvY1Q+gr2WqdRnN5Tm51Zq+bgaUw0nROefGJK
XR/aVBub3PsjA8W/0/b3DGfiP1bgPeU6QmLhdjn3IEufFtbEJH+K/4u53l3A4RLR
fXmJrWKlZn8j7LUBFOD0/G43RU/YzqRgwF/iUwCxbUU2wK/J0cPv23drLDVYzaY=
=n7Zz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-05-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-05-25
This series includes updates for mlx5e netdev driver.
1) Allowr flow based VF vport mirroring under sriov switchdev scheme,
added support for offloading the TC mirred mirror sub-action, from
Chris Mi.
=================
From: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
The user will typically set the actions order such that the mirror
port (mirror VF) sees packets as the original port (VF under
mirroring) sent them or as it will receive them. In the general case,
it means that packets are potentially sent to the mirror port before
or after some actions were applied on them.
To properly do that, we follow on the exact action order as set for
the flow and make sure this will also be the case when we program the
HW offload.
If all the actions should apply before forwarding to the mirror and dest port,
mirroring is just multicasting to the two vports. Otherwise, we split
the TC flow to two HW rules, where the 1st applies only the actions
needed up to the mirror (if there are such) and the 2nd the rest of
the actions plus the forwarding to the dest vport.
=================
2) Move to order-0 only allocations (using fragmented work queues) for all
work queues used by the driver, RX and TX descriptor rings
(RQs, SQs and Completion Queues (CQs)), from Tariq Toukan.
3) Avoid resetting netdevice statistics on netdevice
state changes, from Eran Ben Elisha.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When register a RoCE client with hnae3vf device, it needs to judge
the device whether support RoCE vf function. Otherwise, it will
lead to calltrace when RoCE is not support vf function and remove
roce device.
The calltrace as follows:
[ 93.156614] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000015
<SNIP>
[ 93.278784] Call trace:
[ 93.278788] hnae3_match_n_instantiate+0x24/0xd8 [hnae3]
[ 93.278790] hnae3_register_client+0xcc/0x150 [hnae3]
[ 93.278801] hns_roce_hw_v2_init+0x18/0x1000 [hns_roce_hw_v2]
[ 93.278805] do_one_initcall+0x58/0x160
[ 93.278807] do_init_module+0x64/0x1d8
[ 93.278809] load_module+0x135c/0x15c8
[ 93.278811] SyS_finit_module+0x100/0x118
[ 93.278816] __sys_trace_return+0x0/0x4
[ 93.278827] Code: aa0003f5 12001c56 aa1e03e0 d503201f (b9402660)
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Reported-by: Xinwei Kong <kong.kongxinwei@hisilicon.com>
Reported-by: Zhou Wang <wangzhou1@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhou Wang <wangzhou1@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware now supports control of all leds. Existing HNS3 driver code
only supported led locate command over SFP Fibre ports. But now it
is also supported over copper port.
This patch removes existing not needed code for the led locate
command and updates the led control command between driver and
firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the previous implementation of led control for fibre port , parses the
port speed configuration, checks the link status and traffic status per
second, and updates the blink status of link led, traffic led and speed
led.
Now, the firmware takes responsibility to handle the led, the dirver just
needs to deal with locate command.
So the codes for link led, traffic led and speed led are useless now. This
patch removes these redundant codes.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we down the port, some packets are left in TX/RX buffer. When we
up the port again, these old packets are forwarded to protocol stack
or are sent to internet. It will make some problem. TX/RX buffer should
be cleared when stopping port. This patch adds some function to ensure
the buffer is clean when port is started. We should clear the rings
when clients are being un-initialized as well.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our code will ensure that hns3_clear_tx_ring is not used to cleared
RX rings and hns3_clear_rx_ring is not used to cleared TX rings. So
the ring type check is unnecessary.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RX Buffer Descriptor contains a VALID bit which indicates if the BD
is valid and has some data. This field is set by HNS3 hardware to
intimate the driver of some valid data present in the BD. nd should
be reset by the driver when BD is being used again. In the existing
code this bit was not being (re-)initialized properly and hence was
causing problems.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HNAE3 module supports kernel nic driver, user nic driver and roce driver,
and there are 3 client types. Driver uses one bit(HNAE3_CLIENT_INITED_B)
to indicate the client initialization state, it will cause confusion
for 3 client types. This patch fixes it by use 3 bits to indicate the
initialization state.
Fixes: 38caee9d3e ("net: hns3: Add support of the HNAE3 framework")
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the firmware updates the crq's tail pointer, if the PF driver
reads the data in the crq, the data may be incomplete at this time,
which will lead to the driver read an unknown message.
This patch fixes it by checking if crq is not empty before reading the
message.
Fixes: c1a81619d7 ("net: hns3: Add mailbox interrupt handling to PF driver")
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HCLGE_PROMISC_TX_EN_B and HCLGE_PROMISC_RX_EN_B are not supported
on pdev revision(0x20), new revision(0x21) supports them.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hardware Revision(0x21) Buffer Descriptor adds a field STRP_TAGP
for vlan stripped processed indication. STRP_TAGP field has 2 bits,
bit 0 is stripped indication of the vlan tag in outer vlan tag
field, bit 1 is stripped indication of the vlan tag in inner vlan
tag field. For each bit, 0 indicates the tag is not stripped and
1 indicates the tag is stripped.
This patch adds STRP_TAGP support for revision(0x21), and does not
change the revision(0x20) action.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HNS3 Hardware can support up to two VLAN tags in transmit leg, the PPP
module can handle the packets based on the tag1 and tag2 config. This
patch adds support for tag2 config for vlan handling
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the latest revision of the hardware, if a packet is spanning
across multiple BDs then only VLD bit and current data size info
is valid in each BD, and rest of the information is only valid
in the last BD of the packet. In such case we should make sure
we are fetching RX packet size from the first descriptor and
information like VLAN should be fetched from last BD.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netsec network controller IP can drive 64 address bits for DMA, and
the DMA mask is set accordingly in the driver. However, the SynQuacer
SoC, which is the only silicon incorporating this IP at the moment,
integrates this IP in a manner that leaves address bits [63:40]
unconnected.
Up until now, this has not resulted in any problems, given that the DDR
controller doesn't decode those bits to begin with. However, recent
firmware updates for platforms incorporating this SoC allow the IOMMU
to be enabled, which does decode address bits [47:40], and allocates
top down from the IOVA space, producing DMA addresses that have bits
set that have been left unconnected.
Both the DT and ACPI (IORT) descriptions of the platform take this into
account, and only describe a DMA address space of 40 bits (using either
dma-ranges DT properties, or DMA address limits in IORT named component
nodes). However, even though our IOMMU and bus layers may take such
limitations into account by setting a narrower DMA mask when creating
the platform device, the netsec probe() entrypoint follows the common
practice of setting the DMA mask uncondionally, according to the
capabilities of the IP block itself rather than to its integration into
the chip.
It is currently unclear what the correct fix is here. We could hack around
it by only setting the DMA mask if it deviates from its default value of
DMA_BIT_MASK(32). However, this makes it impossible for the bus layer to
use DMA_BIT_MASK(32) as the bus limit, and so it appears that a more
comprehensive approach is required to take DMA limits imposed by the
SoC as a whole into account.
In the mean time, let's limit the DMA mask to 40 bits. Given that there
is currently only one SoC that incorporates this IP, this is a reasonable
approach that can be backported to -stable and buys us some time to come
up with a proper fix going forward.
Fixes: 533dd11a12 ("net: socionext: Add Synquacer NetSec driver")
Cc: Robin Murphy <robin.murphy@arm.com>
Cc: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Cc: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Robin Murphy <robin.murphy@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Manage dwmac-4.20a version from synopsys
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Glue codes to support stm32mp157c device and stay
compatible with stm32 mcu familly
Signed-off-by: Christophe Roullier <christophe.roullier@st.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre TORGUE <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Global variable gfar_phc_index was used to get and store
phc index through gianfar_ptp driver. However gianfar_ptp
had been renamed as ptp_qoriq for QorIQ common PTP driver.
This gfar_phc_index doesn't work any more, and the phc index
is stored in drvdata now. This patch is to support getting
phc index through ptp_qoriq drvdata.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gianfar_ptp was the PTP clock driver for 1588 timer
module of Freescale QorIQ eTSEC (Enhanced Three-Speed
Ethernet Controllers) platforms. Actually QorIQ DPAA
(Data Path Acceleration Architecture) platforms is
also using the same 1588 timer module in hardware.
This patch is to rework gianfar_ptp as QorIQ common
PTP driver to support both DPAA and eTSEC. Moved
gianfar_ptp.c to drivers/ptp/, renamed it as
ptp_qoriq.c, and renamed many variables. There were
not any function changes.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers, such as DWC EQOS on Tegra, need to perform operations that
can sleep under this lock (clk_set_rate() in tegra_eqos_fix_speed()) for
proper operation. Since there is no need for this lock to be a spinlock,
convert it to a mutex instead.
Fixes: e6ea2d16fc ("net: stmmac: dwc-qos: Add Tegra186 support")
Reported-by: Jon Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Bhadram Varka <vbhadram@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tx-timeout mostly happens due to some issue in the device. In such cases,
debug dump would be helpful for identifying the cause of the issue.
This patch adds support to spill debug data during the Tx timeout. Here
bnx2x_panic_dump() API is used instead of bnx2x_panic(), since we still
want to allow the Tx-timeout recovery a chance to succeed.
Changes from previous version:
-------------------------------
v2: Fixed a coding error.
Please consider applying this to "net-next".
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Limiting the dma mask to avoid PCI (pre-PCIe) DAC cycles while paying
the huge overhead of an IOMMU is rather pointless, and this seriously
gets in the way of dma mapping work.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Move all RQ, SQ and channel counters from the channel objects into the
priv structure. With this change, counters will not be reset upon
channel configuration changes.
Channel's statistics for SQs which are associated with TCs higher than
zero will be presented in ethtool -S, only for SQs which were opened at
least once since the module was loaded (regardless of their open/close
current status). This is done in order to decrease the total amount of
statistics presented and calculated for the common out of box use (no
QoS).
mlx5e_channel_stats is a compound of CH,RQ,SQs stats in order to
create locality for the NAPI when handling TX and RX of the same
channel.
Align the new statistics struct per ring to avoid several channels
update to the same cache line at the same time.
Packet rate was tested, no degradation sensed.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
CC: Qing Huang <qing.huang@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Previously the driver used pcie_get_minimum_link() to warn when the NIC
is in a slot that can't supply as much bandwidth as the NIC could use.
pcie_get_minimum_link() can be misleading because it finds the slowest link
and the narrowest link (which may be different links) without considering
the total bandwidth of each link. For a path with a 16 GT/s x1 link and a
2.5 GT/s x16 link, it returns 2.5 GT/s x1, which corresponds to 250 MB/s of
bandwidth, not the true available bandwidth of about 1969 MB/s for a
16 GT/s x1 link.
Use pcie_print_link_status() to report PCIe link speed and possible
limitations instead of implementing this in the driver itself. This finds
the slowest link in the path to the device by computing the total bandwidth
of each link and compares that with the capabilities of the device.
The dmesg change is:
- PCI Express bandwidth of %dGT/s available
- (Speed:%s, Width: x%d, Encoding Loss:%s)
+ %u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth (%s x%d link)
or, if the device is capable of better performance than is available in the
current slot:
- This is not sufficient for optimal performance of this card.
- For optimal performance, at least %dGT/s of bandwidth is required.
- A slot with more lanes and/or higher speed is suggested.
+ %u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth, limited by %s x%d link at %s (capable of %u.%03u Gb/s with %s x%d link)
Note that the driver previously used dev_warn() to suggest using a
different slot, but pcie_print_link_status() uses dev_info() because if the
platform has no faster slot available, the user can't do anything about the
warning and may not want to be bothered with it.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the driver used pcie_get_minimum_link() to warn when the NIC
is in a slot that can't supply as much bandwidth as the NIC could use.
pcie_get_minimum_link() can be misleading because it finds the slowest link
and the narrowest link (which may be different links) without considering
the total bandwidth of each link. For a path with a 16 GT/s x1 link and a
2.5 GT/s x16 link, it returns 2.5 GT/s x1, which corresponds to 250 MB/s of
bandwidth, not the true available bandwidth of about 1969 MB/s for a
16 GT/s x1 link.
Use pcie_print_link_status() to report PCIe link speed and possible
limitations instead of implementing this in the driver itself. This finds
the slowest link in the path to the device by computing the total bandwidth
of each link and compares that with the capabilities of the device.
The dmesg change is:
- PCIe link speed is %s, device supports %s
- PCIe link width is x%d, device supports x%d
+ %u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth (%s x%d link)
or, if the device is capable of better performance than is available in the
current slot:
- A slot with more lanes and/or higher speed is suggested for optimal performance.
+ %u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth, limited by %s x%d link at %s (capable of %u.%03u Gb/s with %s x%d link)
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Previously the driver used pcie_get_minimum_link() to warn when the NIC
is in a slot that can't supply as much bandwidth as the NIC could use.
pcie_get_minimum_link() can be misleading because it finds the slowest link
and the narrowest link (which may be different links) without considering
the total bandwidth of each link. For a path with a 16 GT/s x1 link and a
2.5 GT/s x16 link, it returns 2.5 GT/s x1, which corresponds to 250 MB/s of
bandwidth, not the true available bandwidth of about 1969 MB/s for a
16 GT/s x1 link.
Use pcie_print_link_status() to report PCIe link speed and possible
limitations instead of implementing this in the driver itself. This finds
the slowest link in the path to the device by computing the total bandwidth
of each link and compares that with the capabilities of the device.
The dmesg change is:
- PCIe: Speed %s Width x%d
+ %u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth (%s x%d link)
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Previously the driver used pcie_get_minimum_link() to warn when the NIC
is in a slot that can't supply as much bandwidth as the NIC could use.
pcie_get_minimum_link() can be misleading because it finds the slowest link
and the narrowest link (which may be different links) without considering
the total bandwidth of each link. For a path with a 16 GT/s x1 link and a
2.5 GT/s x16 link, it returns 2.5 GT/s x1, which corresponds to 250 MB/s of
bandwidth, not the true available bandwidth of about 1969 MB/s for a
16 GT/s x1 link.
Use pcie_print_link_status() to report PCIe link speed and possible
limitations instead of implementing this in the driver itself. This finds
the slowest link in the path to the device by computing the total bandwidth
of each link and compares that with the capabilities of the device.
The dmesg change is:
- %s (%c%d) PCI-E x%d %s found at mem %lx, IRQ %d, node addr %pM
+ %s (%c%d) PCI-E found at mem %lx, IRQ %d, node addr %pM
+ %u.%03u Gb/s available PCIe bandwidth (%s x%d link)
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
